|
|
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c
|
|
|
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c 2022-02-05 09:45:22.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c 2022-04-26 13:54:53.254533527 +0200
|
|
|
@@ -824,7 +824,13 @@ setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shd
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
- if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL
|
|
|
+ /* OS specific sections might be in a group (eg ARM's ARM_EXIDX section)
|
|
|
+ but they will not have been added to the group because they do not
|
|
|
+ have contents that the ELF code in the BFD library knows how to
|
|
|
+ process. This is OK though - we rely upon the target backends to
|
|
|
+ handle these sections for us. */
|
|
|
+ && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
|
|
|
@@ -927,7 +933,8 @@ _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section)
|
|
|
elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
|
|
|
else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA
|
|
|
- && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
|
|
|
+ && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ && idx->shdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
/* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
|
|
|
_bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c.orig binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c.orig
|
|
|
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c.orig 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c.orig 2022-02-05 09:45:22.000000000 +0100
|
|
|
@@ -0,0 +1,13535 @@
|
|
|
+/* ELF executable support for BFD.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Copyright (C) 1993-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
|
|
+ (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
|
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
|
|
|
+ MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/*
|
|
|
+SECTION
|
|
|
+ ELF backends
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
|
|
|
+ Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
|
|
|
+ (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
|
|
|
+ to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
|
|
|
+ haven't bothered yet. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
|
|
|
+#define _SYSCALL32
|
|
|
+#include "sysdep.h"
|
|
|
+#include <limits.h>
|
|
|
+#include "bfd.h"
|
|
|
+#include "bfdlink.h"
|
|
|
+#include "libbfd.h"
|
|
|
+#define ARCH_SIZE 0
|
|
|
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
|
|
+#include "libiberty.h"
|
|
|
+#include "safe-ctype.h"
|
|
|
+#include "elf-linux-core.h"
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#ifdef CORE_HEADER
|
|
|
+#include CORE_HEADER
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
|
|
|
+static bool assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
|
|
|
+static bool swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *);
|
|
|
+static bool elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
|
|
|
+ file_ptr offset, size_t align);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
|
|
|
+ currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
|
|
|
+ need to move into elfcode.h. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
|
|
|
+ dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
|
|
|
+ dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
|
|
|
+ dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
|
|
|
+ dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
|
|
|
+ dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
|
|
|
+ dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
|
|
|
+ dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
|
|
|
+ dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
|
|
|
+ dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
|
|
|
+ dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap in a Versym structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_External_Versym *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out a Versym structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Versym *dst)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
|
|
+ cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+unsigned long
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long h = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long g;
|
|
|
+ int ch;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ h = (h << 4) + ch;
|
|
|
+ if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ h ^= g >> 24;
|
|
|
+ /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
|
|
|
+ this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
|
|
|
+ h ^= g;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return h & 0xffffffff;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
|
|
|
+ cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+unsigned long
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long h = 5381;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char ch;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
|
|
|
+ h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
|
|
|
+ return h & 0xffffffff;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
|
|
|
+ the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ size_t object_size,
|
|
|
+ enum elf_target_id object_id)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
|
|
|
+ abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
|
|
|
+ if (o == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
|
|
|
+ bed->target_id);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|
|
+ if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
|
|
|
+ return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr offset;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp == 0
|
|
|
+ || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
|
|
|
+ if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
|
|
|
+ offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
|
|
|
+ shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
|
|
|
+ in case the string table is not terminated. */
|
|
|
+ if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
|
|
|
+ || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || (shstrtab = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1,
|
|
|
+ shstrtabsize)) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
|
|
|
+ trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
|
|
|
+ the string table over and over. */
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return (char *) shstrtab;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shindex,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int strindex)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (strindex == 0)
|
|
|
+ return "";
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
|
|
|
+ " a non-string section (number %d)"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, shindex);
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
|
|
|
+ been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
|
|
|
+ string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
|
|
|
+ section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
|
|
|
+ the section is zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size == 0 || hdr->contents[hdr->sh_size - 1] != 0)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64 " for section `%s'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, strindex, (uint64_t) hdr->sh_size,
|
|
|
+ (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
|
|
|
+ ? ".shstrtab"
|
|
|
+ : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
|
|
|
+ SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
|
|
|
+ symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
|
|
|
+ are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
|
|
|
+ symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
|
|
|
+ Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
|
|
|
+ or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+Elf_Internal_Sym *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
|
|
|
+ size_t symcount,
|
|
|
+ size_t symoffset,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
|
|
|
+ void *extsym_buf,
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
|
|
|
+ void *alloc_ext;
|
|
|
+ const bfd_byte *esym;
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ size_t extsym_size;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr pos;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (symcount == 0)
|
|
|
+ return intsym_buf;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
|
|
|
+ shndx_hdr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_list * entry;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
|
|
|
+ for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 20063. */
|
|
|
+ if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ };
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
|
|
|
+ shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
|
|
|
+ /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
|
|
|
+ the index table will not be needed. */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Read the symbols. */
|
|
|
+ alloc_ext = NULL;
|
|
|
+ alloc_extshndx = NULL;
|
|
|
+ alloc_intsym = NULL;
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
|
|
+ extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, extsym_size, &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
|
|
|
+ if (extsym_buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|
|
+ extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (extsym_buf == NULL
|
|
|
+ || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
|
|
+ extshndx_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|
|
+ if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|
|
+ extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (extshndx_buf == NULL
|
|
|
+ || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
|
|
|
+ if (intsym_buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
|
|
|
+ isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
|
|
|
+ for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
|
|
|
+ shndx = extshndx_buf;
|
|
|
+ isym < isymend;
|
|
|
+ esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
|
|
|
+ " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
|
|
|
+ ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
|
|
|
+ free (alloc_intsym);
|
|
|
+ intsym_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ goto out;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ out:
|
|
|
+ free (alloc_ext);
|
|
|
+ free (alloc_extshndx);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return intsym_buf;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Look up a symbol name. */
|
|
|
+const char *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
|
|
|
+ asection *sym_sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *name;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
|
|
|
+ /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
|
|
|
+ && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
|
|
|
+ shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ name = "(null)";
|
|
|
+ else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
|
|
|
+ name = bfd_section_name (sym_sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return name;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
|
|
|
+ sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
|
|
|
+ pointers. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+typedef union elf_internal_group {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int flags;
|
|
|
+} Elf_Internal_Group;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
|
|
|
+ signature just a string? */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const char *
|
|
|
+group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
|
|
|
+ that it is a symbol table section. */
|
|
|
+ if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
|
|
|
+ || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Go read the symbol. */
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
|
|
|
+ &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
|
|
|
+ is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (num_group == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, shnum;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
|
|
|
+ section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
|
|
|
+ shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ num_group = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
|
|
|
+ ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
|
|
|
+ && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
|
|
|
+ && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
|
|
|
+ && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
|
|
|
+ num_group += 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (num_group == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ num_group = (unsigned) -1;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
|
|
|
+ so we can find them quickly. */
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
|
|
|
+ amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
|
|
|
+ = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ num_group = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned char *src;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
|
|
|
+ attached to it. */
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Add to list of sections. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
|
|
|
+ num_group += 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Read the raw contents. */
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest) % 4 == 0);
|
|
|
+ shdr->contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr->sh_size,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (*dest) / 4, &amt)
|
|
|
+ || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || !(shdr->contents
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd, amt, shdr->sh_size)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
|
|
|
+ " header: %#" PRIx64 ""),
|
|
|
+ abfd, (uint64_t) shdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ -- num_group;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
|
|
|
+ array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
|
|
|
+ to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
|
|
|
+ pointers. */
|
|
|
+ src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ while (1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int idx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ src -= 4;
|
|
|
+ --dest;
|
|
|
+ idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
|
|
|
+ if (src == shdr->contents)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ dest->shdr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ dest->flags = idx;
|
|
|
+ if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
|
|
|
+ shdr->bfd_section->flags
|
|
|
+ |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (idx < shnum)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
|
|
|
+ section group should be marked with
|
|
|
+ SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
|
|
|
+ broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
|
|
|
+ them up here. */
|
|
|
+ dest->shdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (idx >= shnum
|
|
|
+ || dest->shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, i);
|
|
|
+ dest->shdr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
|
|
|
+ if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
|
|
|
+ if (num_group == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int search_offset = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < num_group; j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Begin search from previous found group. */
|
|
|
+ unsigned i = (j + search_offset) % num_group;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type n_elt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (shdr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
|
|
+ if (idx == NULL || shdr->sh_size < 4)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, shdr->bfd_section);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
|
|
|
+ section is a member. */
|
|
|
+ while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|
|
+ if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
|
|
|
+ other members to see if any others are linked via
|
|
|
+ next_in_group. */
|
|
|
+ idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
|
|
+ n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|
|
+ while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|
|
+ if ((++idx)->shdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
|
|
|
+ && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ if (n_elt != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
|
|
|
+ insert current section in circular list. */
|
|
|
+ elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
|
|
|
+ elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
|
|
+ elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *gname;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
|
|
|
+ if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Start a circular list with one element. */
|
|
|
+ elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the group section has been created, point to the
|
|
|
+ new member. */
|
|
|
+ if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset = i;
|
|
|
+ j = num_group - 1;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, newsect);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
|
|
|
+ bool result = true;
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
|
|
|
+ /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
|
|
|
+ to section has already been discarded, but that the current
|
|
|
+ section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
|
|
|
+ section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
|
|
|
+ however. */
|
|
|
+ if (elfsec == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_linked_to_section (s) = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *linksec = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
|
|
|
+ linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 1991, 2008:
|
|
|
+ Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
|
|
|
+ sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
|
|
|
+ if (linksec == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
|
|
|
+ s->owner, elfsec, s);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP
|
|
|
+ && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Process section groups. */
|
|
|
+ if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
|
|
|
+ return result;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int n_elt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
|
|
|
+ if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, i);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
|
|
|
+ n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ while (--n_elt != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ++ idx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (idx->shdr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section)
|
|
|
+ elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+ else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA
|
|
|
+ && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
|
|
|
+ abfd,
|
|
|
+ idx->shdr->sh_type,
|
|
|
+ bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
|
|
|
+ (elf_elfheader (abfd)
|
|
|
+ ->e_shstrndx),
|
|
|
+ idx->shdr->sh_name),
|
|
|
+ shdr->bfd_section);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return result;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const char *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_group_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec_group (sec) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return elf_group_name (sec);
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static char *
|
|
|
+convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int len = strlen (name);
|
|
|
+ char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ new_name[0] = '.';
|
|
|
+ new_name[1] = 'z';
|
|
|
+ memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
|
|
|
+ return new_name;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static char *
|
|
|
+convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int len = strlen (name);
|
|
|
+ char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ new_name[0] = '.';
|
|
|
+ memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
|
|
|
+ return new_name;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+struct lto_section
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int16_t major_version;
|
|
|
+ int16_t minor_version;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char slim_object;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
|
|
|
+ uint16_t flags;
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
|
|
|
+ BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
|
|
|
+ const char *name,
|
|
|
+ int shindex)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *newsect;
|
|
|
+ flagword flags;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (newsect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Always use the real type/flags. */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_DATA;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_MERGE;
|
|
|
+ newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI])
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
|
|
|
+ but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
|
|
|
+ byte. */
|
|
|
+ case ELFOSABI_GNU:
|
|
|
+ case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD:
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GNU_RETAIN) != 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi |= elf_gnu_osabi_retain;
|
|
|
+ /* Fall through */
|
|
|
+ case ELFOSABI_NONE:
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi |= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
|
|
|
+ not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
|
|
|
+ if (name [0] == '.')
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (startswith (name, ".debug")
|
|
|
+ || startswith (name, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
|
|
|
+ || startswith (name, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.")
|
|
|
+ || startswith (name, ".zdebug"))
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_ELF_OCTETS;
|
|
|
+ else if (startswith (name, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME)
|
|
|
+ || startswith (name, ".note.gnu"))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_ELF_OCTETS;
|
|
|
+ opb = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (startswith (name, ".line")
|
|
|
+ || startswith (name, ".stab")
|
|
|
+ || strcmp (name, ".gdb_index") == 0)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect, hdr->sh_addr / opb)
|
|
|
+ || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect, hdr->sh_size)
|
|
|
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect, bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
|
|
|
+ only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
|
|
|
+ g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
|
|
|
+ The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
|
|
|
+ are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
|
|
|
+ all but one of the sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (startswith (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
|
|
|
+ && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, flags))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
|
|
|
+ if (!bed->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
|
|
|
+ separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
|
|
|
+ PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *contents;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size,
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_offset, hdr->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
+ free (contents);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((newsect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, nload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
|
|
|
+ p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
|
|
|
+ one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
|
|
|
+ so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
|
|
|
+ phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|
|
+ if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
|
|
|
+ ++nload;
|
|
|
+ if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
|
|
|
+ || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
|
|
|
+ && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((newsect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|
|
+ newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
|
|
+ + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr) / opb;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
|
|
|
+ sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
|
|
|
+ is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
|
|
|
+ Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
|
|
|
+ the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
|
|
|
+ segment will contain sections with contiguous
|
|
|
+ LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
|
|
|
+ newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
|
|
|
+ + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset) / opb;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
|
|
|
+ offsets whether a section with zero size should
|
|
|
+ be placed at the end of one segment or the
|
|
|
+ beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
|
|
|
+ <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
|
|
|
+ .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
|
|
|
+ if ((newsect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
|
|
|
+ && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
|
|
|
+ || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
|
|
|
+ int compression_header_size;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int uncompressed_align_power;
|
|
|
+ bool compressed
|
|
|
+ = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
|
|
|
+ &compression_header_size,
|
|
|
+ &uncompressed_size,
|
|
|
+ &uncompressed_align_power);
|
|
|
+ if (compressed)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
|
|
|
+ action = decompress;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
|
|
|
+ section. Check if we should compress. */
|
|
|
+ if (action == nothing)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (newsect->size != 0
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
|
|
|
+ && compression_header_size >= 0
|
|
|
+ && uncompressed_size > 0
|
|
|
+ && (!compressed
|
|
|
+ || ((compression_header_size > 0)
|
|
|
+ != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
|
|
|
+ action = compress;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (action == compress)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->is_linker_input)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (name[1] == 'z'
|
|
|
+ && (action == decompress
|
|
|
+ || (action == compress
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
|
|
|
+ that linker will consider this section as a debug
|
|
|
+ section. */
|
|
|
+ char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ bfd_rename_section (newsect, new_name);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
|
|
|
+ section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
|
|
|
+ section. */
|
|
|
+ if (startswith (name, ".gnu.lto_.lto."))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct lto_section lsection;
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, newsect, &lsection, 0,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (struct lto_section)))
|
|
|
+ abfd->lto_slim_object = lsection.slim_object;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
|
|
|
+ "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
|
|
|
+ "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
|
|
|
+ output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
|
|
|
+ has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
|
|
|
+ be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
|
|
|
+ change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
|
|
|
+ all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
|
|
|
+ into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
|
|
|
+ function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ arelent *reloc_entry,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *symbol,
|
|
|
+ void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ asection *input_section,
|
|
|
+ bfd *output_bfd,
|
|
|
+ char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (output_bfd != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|
|
+ && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
|
|
|
+ || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
|
|
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
|
|
|
+ relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
|
|
|
+ targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
|
|
|
+ ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
|
|
|
+ sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
|
|
|
+ to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
|
|
|
+ sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
|
|
|
+ doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (output_bfd == NULL
|
|
|
+ && !reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative
|
|
|
+ && (symbol->section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
|
|
|
+ reloc_entry->addend -= symbol->section->output_section->vma;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
|
|
|
+ Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
|
|
|
+ should be the same. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (a->sh_type != b->sh_type
|
|
|
+ || ((a->sh_flags ^ b->sh_flags) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK) != 0
|
|
|
+ || a->sh_addralign != b->sh_addralign
|
|
|
+ || a->sh_entsize != b->sh_entsize)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (a->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|
|
+ || a->sh_type == SHT_STRTAB)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ return a->sh_size == b->sh_size;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
|
|
|
+ as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
|
|
|
+ none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
|
|
|
+ to be the correct section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static unsigned int
|
|
|
+find_link (const bfd *obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
|
|
|
+ const unsigned int hint)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
|
|
|
+ if (hint < elf_numsections (obfd)
|
|
|
+ && oheaders[hint] != NULL
|
|
|
+ && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
|
|
|
+ return hint;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (oheader == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
|
|
|
+ multiple matches ? */
|
|
|
+ return i;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
|
|
|
+ Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
|
|
|
+ Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
|
|
|
+ bfd *obfd,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader,
|
|
|
+ const unsigned int secnum)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
|
|
|
+ bool changed = false;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int sh_link;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
|
|
|
+ When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
|
|
|
+ the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
|
|
|
+ matched up with the original.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
|
|
|
+ The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
|
|
|
+ relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
|
|
|
+ the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
|
|
|
+ the whole point of this action is to preserve the
|
|
|
+ original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
|
|
|
+ that they can be matched up with the section headers in
|
|
|
+ the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
|
|
|
+ creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
|
|
|
+ that just contains debug info and only for sections
|
|
|
+ without any contents. */
|
|
|
+ if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
|
|
|
+ oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
|
|
|
+ if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
|
|
|
+ oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd,
|
|
|
+ iheader, oheader))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
|
|
|
+ sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
|
|
|
+ the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
|
|
|
+ in the input bfd. */
|
|
|
+ if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
|
|
|
+ if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
|
|
|
+ ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link);
|
|
|
+ if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ oheader->sh_link = sh_link;
|
|
|
+ changed = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
|
|
|
+ if we could not find a match ? */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iheader->sh_info)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
|
|
|
+ SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
|
|
|
+ section index. */
|
|
|
+ if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
|
|
|
+ iheader->sh_info);
|
|
|
+ if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
+ oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
|
|
|
+ sh_link = iheader->sh_info;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ oheader->sh_info = sh_link;
|
|
|
+ changed = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return changed;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
|
|
|
+ another. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
|
|
+ elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION])
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]
|
|
|
+ = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Copy object attributes. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
|
|
|
+ because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
|
|
|
+ files. See below for more details. */
|
|
|
+ if (oheader == NULL
|
|
|
+ || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
|
|
|
+ fields have already been initialised. */
|
|
|
+ if (oheader->sh_size == 0
|
|
|
+ || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
|
|
|
+ First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
|
|
|
+ for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iheader == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && iheader->bfd_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
|
|
|
+ output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
|
|
|
+ this fails then do not try any further sections - there
|
|
|
+ should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
|
|
|
+ if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
|
|
|
+ j = elf_numsections (ibfd);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
|
|
|
+ Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
|
|
|
+ is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
|
|
|
+ for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iheader == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
|
|
|
+ Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
|
|
|
+ SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
|
|
|
+ input type. */
|
|
|
+ if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
|
|
|
+ && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
|
|
|
+ == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
|
|
|
+ && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
|
|
|
+ && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
|
|
|
+ && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
|
|
|
+ && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
|
|
|
+ && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
|
|
|
+ || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
|
|
|
+ with a NULL input section. */
|
|
|
+ (void) bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd,
|
|
|
+ NULL, oheader);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const char *
|
|
|
+get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *pt;
|
|
|
+ switch (p_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
|
|
|
+ default: pt = NULL; break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return pt;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Print out the program headers. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, c;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
|
|
|
+ c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
|
|
|
+ char buf[20];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (pt == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
|
|
|
+ pt = buf;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
|
|
|
+ (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
|
|
|
+ (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
|
|
|
+ (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
|
|
|
+ if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int elfsec;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long shlink;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
|
|
+ size_t extdynsize;
|
|
|
+ void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
|
|
|
+ if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|
|
+ swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ extdyn = dynbuf;
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
|
|
|
+ if (s->size < extdynsize)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
|
|
|
+ Fix range check. */
|
|
|
+ for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
|
|
+ const char *name = "";
|
|
|
+ char ab[20];
|
|
|
+ bool stringp;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ stringp = false;
|
|
|
+ switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
|
|
|
+ name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!strcmp (name, ""))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sprintf (ab, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT "x", dyn.d_tag);
|
|
|
+ name = ab;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELR: name = "RELR"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELRSZ: name = "RELRSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELRENT: name = "RELRENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = true; break;
|
|
|
+ case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
|
|
|
+ if (! stringp)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "0x");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *string;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
|
|
|
+ if (string == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "%s", string);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (dynbuf);
|
|
|
+ dynbuf = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|
|
+ || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, false))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
|
|
|
+ for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
|
|
|
+ t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
|
|
|
+ t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
|
|
|
+ if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "\t");
|
|
|
+ for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
|
|
|
+ a != NULL;
|
|
|
+ a = a->vda_nextptr)
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "%s ",
|
|
|
+ a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, "\n");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
|
|
|
+ for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
|
|
|
+ t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
|
|
|
+ for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|
|
+ fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
|
|
|
+ a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
|
|
|
+ a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ error_return:
|
|
|
+ free (dynbuf);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
|
|
|
+ and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const char *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
|
|
|
+ bool base_p,
|
|
|
+ bool *hidden)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *version_string = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
|
|
|
+ vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (vernum == 0)
|
|
|
+ version_string = "";
|
|
|
+ else if (vernum == 1
|
|
|
+ && (vernum > elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs
|
|
|
+ || (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[0].vd_flags
|
|
|
+ == VER_FLG_BASE)))
|
|
|
+ version_string = base_p ? "Base" : "";
|
|
|
+ else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *nodename
|
|
|
+ = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
|
|
|
+ version_string = "";
|
|
|
+ if (base_p
|
|
|
+ || nodename == NULL
|
|
|
+ || symbol->name == NULL
|
|
|
+ || strcmp (symbol->name, nodename) != 0)
|
|
|
+ version_string = nodename;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ version_string = _("<corrupt>");
|
|
|
+ for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|
|
+ t != NULL;
|
|
|
+ t = t->vn_nextref)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (a->vna_other == vernum)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *hidden = true;
|
|
|
+ version_string = a->vna_nodename;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return version_string;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ void *filep,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *symbol,
|
|
|
+ bfd_print_symbol_type how)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
|
|
|
+ switch (how)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case bfd_print_symbol_name:
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case bfd_print_symbol_more:
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, "elf ");
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " %x", symbol->flags);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case bfd_print_symbol_all:
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *section_name;
|
|
|
+ const char *name = NULL;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char st_other;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma val;
|
|
|
+ const char *version_string;
|
|
|
+ bool hidden;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
|
|
|
+ name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ name = symbol->name;
|
|
|
+ bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
|
|
|
+ /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
|
|
|
+ we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
|
|
|
+ For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
|
|
|
+ we've printed the address; now print the size. */
|
|
|
+ if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
|
|
|
+ val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
|
|
|
+ bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If we have version information, print it. */
|
|
|
+ version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
|
|
|
+ symbol,
|
|
|
+ true,
|
|
|
+ &hidden);
|
|
|
+ if (version_string)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!hidden)
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
|
|
|
+ for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
+ putc (' ', file);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
|
|
|
+ st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (st_other)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 0: break;
|
|
|
+ case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
|
|
|
+ case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
|
|
|
+ case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
|
|
|
+ everything hex. */
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fprintf (file, " %s", name);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* ELF .o/exec file reading */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ const char *name;
|
|
|
+ bool ret = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
|
|
|
+ sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
|
|
|
+ section that we are already in the process of loading. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->being_created[shindex])
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->being_created[shindex] = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
|
|
|
+ ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
+ name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_name);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ switch (hdr->sh_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case SHT_NULL:
|
|
|
+ /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
|
|
|
+ field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
|
|
|
+ switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_i386:
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ /* Otherwise fall through. */
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
|
|
|
+ sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
|
|
|
+ string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+ if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
|
|
|
+ zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
|
|
|
+ of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
|
|
|
+ Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
|
|
|
+ " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
+ elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
|
|
+ abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
|
|
|
+ SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
|
|
|
+ treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
|
|
|
+ decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
|
|
|
+ set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
|
|
|
+ linker. */
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
|
|
|
+ && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
|
|
|
+ shindex))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
|
|
|
+ can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
|
|
|
+ is most likely specified by the next section header. */
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_list * entry;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
|
|
|
+ if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
|
|
|
+ && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (i == num_sec)
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
|
|
|
+ && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (i != shindex)
|
|
|
+ ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
|
|
|
+ /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
|
|
|
+ zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
|
|
|
+ of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
|
|
|
+ Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
|
|
|
+ " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
|
|
|
+ section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_list * entry;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
|
|
|
+ if (entry->ndx == shindex)
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
|
|
|
+ if (entry == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ entry->ndx = shindex;
|
|
|
+ entry->hdr = * hdr;
|
|
|
+ entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
|
|
|
+ elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ symtab_strtab:
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ dynsymtab_strtab:
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
|
|
|
+ /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
|
|
|
+ can handle it. */
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
|
|
|
+ shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
|
|
|
+ regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
|
|
|
+ just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, num_sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
|
|
|
+ if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
|
|
|
+ if (i == shindex)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|
|
+ goto symtab_strtab;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
|
|
|
+ goto dynsymtab_strtab;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_REL:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_RELA:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_RELR:
|
|
|
+ /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *target_sect;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
|
|
|
+ size = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
|
|
+ else if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ size = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_entsize != size)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
|
|
|
+ shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Get the symbol table. */
|
|
|
+ if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|
|
+ || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
|
|
|
+ && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
|
|
|
+ library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
|
|
|
+ table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
|
|
|
+ adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
|
|
|
+ we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
|
|
|
+ also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
|
|
|
+ null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
|
|
|
+ its sh_link points to the null section. */
|
|
|
+ if (((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
|
|
|
+ || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
|
|
|
+ shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
|
|
|
+ if (target_sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
|
|
|
+ Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
|
|
|
+ sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (*p_hdr != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!bed->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
|
|
|
+ "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, name, target_sect);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ esdt->has_secondary_relocs = true;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
|
|
|
+ if (hdr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ *hdr2 = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ *p_hdr = hdr2;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
|
|
|
+ target_sect->reloc_count += (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)
|
|
|
+ * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
|
|
|
+ target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
|
|
+ target_sect->relocation = NULL;
|
|
|
+ target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
|
|
|
+ /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
|
|
|
+ its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|
|
+ elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|
|
+ elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_SHLIB:
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GROUP:
|
|
|
+ if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ /* Possibly an attributes section. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
|
|
|
+ for applications? */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
|
|
|
+ shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
|
|
|
+ && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
|
|
|
+ else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
|
|
|
+ /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
|
|
|
+ required to correctly process the section and the file should
|
|
|
+ be rejected with an error message. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
|
|
|
+ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+ goto success;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fail:
|
|
|
+ ret = false;
|
|
|
+ success:
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->being_created[shindex] = false;
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+Elf_Internal_Sym *
|
|
|
+bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
|
|
|
+ bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ unsigned long r_symndx)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
|
|
|
+ &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (cache->abfd != abfd)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
|
|
|
+ cache->abfd = abfd;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return &cache->sym[ent];
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
|
|
|
+ section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+asection *
|
|
|
+bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
|
|
|
+ unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
|
|
|
+ attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent.bss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".relr.dyn"), 0, SHT_RELR, SHF_ALLOC },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
|
|
|
+ /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
|
|
|
+ this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
|
|
|
+ { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
|
|
|
+ { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'e' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'j' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'k' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'm' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'o' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'q' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_s, /* 's' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_t, /* 't' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'u' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'v' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'w' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'x' */
|
|
|
+ NULL, /* 'y' */
|
|
|
+ special_sections_z /* 'z' */
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
|
|
|
+ const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int rela)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int i;
|
|
|
+ int len;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (name);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int suffix_len;
|
|
|
+ int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (len < prefix_len)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
|
|
|
+ if (suffix_len <= 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (suffix_len == 0)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
|
|
|
+ && (suffix_len == -2
|
|
|
+ || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
|
|
|
+ spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
|
|
|
+ suffix_len) != 0)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return &spec[i];
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int i;
|
|
|
+ const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (sec->name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ spec = bed->special_sections;
|
|
|
+ if (spec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
|
|
|
+ bed->special_sections,
|
|
|
+ sec->use_rela_p);
|
|
|
+ if (spec != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return spec;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec->name[0] != '.')
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
|
|
|
+ if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ spec = special_sections[i];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (spec == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
|
|
|
+ if (sdata == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (*sdata));
|
|
|
+ if (sdata == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
|
|
|
+ there is an ABI mandated section. */
|
|
|
+ ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
|
|
|
+ if (ssect != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
|
|
|
+ of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
|
|
|
+ program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
|
|
|
+ generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
|
|
|
+ (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
|
|
|
+ system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
|
|
|
+ but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
|
|
|
+ file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
|
|
|
+ of combined data+bss.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
|
|
|
+ for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
|
|
|
+ the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
|
|
|
+ by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
|
|
|
+ into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
|
|
|
+ int hdr_index,
|
|
|
+ const char *type_name)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *newsect;
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ char namebuf[64];
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ int split;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (!name)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
|
|
+ newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (newsect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr / opb;
|
|
|
+ newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr / opb;
|
|
|
+ newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
+ newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
|
|
|
+ newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
|
|
|
+ may be data. */
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma align;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (!name)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
|
|
|
+ newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (newsect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ newsect->vma = (hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz) / opb;
|
|
|
+ newsect->lma = (hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz) / opb;
|
|
|
+ newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
+ newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
|
|
|
+ align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
|
|
|
+ if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
|
|
|
+ align = hdr->p_align;
|
|
|
+ newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
|
|
|
+ newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd *templ, bfd_vma offset)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
|
|
|
+ if (templ->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id)
|
|
|
+ (templ, offset);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (hdr->p_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case PT_NULL:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_LOAD:
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core && abfd->build_id == NULL)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd, hdr->p_offset);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_DYNAMIC:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_INTERP:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_NOTE:
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz,
|
|
|
+ hdr->p_align))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_SHLIB:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_PHDR:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
|
|
|
+ "eh_frame_hdr");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_STACK:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case PT_GNU_RELRO:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
|
|
|
+ REL or RELA. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+Elf_Internal_Shdr *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
|
|
|
+ return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
|
|
|
+ const char *sec_name,
|
|
|
+ bool use_rela_p)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|
|
+ sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_name =
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
|
|
|
+ false);
|
|
|
+ if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
|
|
|
+ containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
|
|
|
+ USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
|
|
|
+ relocations. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
|
|
|
+ const char *sec_name,
|
|
|
+ bool use_rela_p,
|
|
|
+ bool delay_st_name_p)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr));
|
|
|
+ reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (delay_st_name_p)
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
|
|
|
+ else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
|
|
|
+ use_rela_p))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
|
|
|
+ ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
|
|
|
+ : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+int
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if ((flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_IS_COMMON)) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
|
|
|
+ return SHT_NOBITS;
|
|
|
+ return SHT_PROGBITS;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+struct fake_section_arg
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
|
|
|
+ bool failed;
|
|
|
+};
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static void
|
|
|
+elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int sh_type;
|
|
|
+ const char *name = asect->name;
|
|
|
+ bool delay_st_name_p = false;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma mask;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (arg->failed)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
|
|
|
+ loop. */
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (arg->link_info)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
|
|
|
+ if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
|
|
|
+ && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
|
|
|
+ && name[1] == 'd'
|
|
|
+ && name[6] == '_')
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
|
|
|
+ compressed. */
|
|
|
+ asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
|
|
|
+ /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
|
|
|
+ name to section name section after it is compressed in
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
|
|
|
+ delay_st_name_p = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
|
|
|
+ convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
|
|
|
+ needed. */
|
|
|
+ if (name[1] == 'z')
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ name = new_name;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
|
|
|
+ section smaller. So only rename the section when
|
|
|
+ compression has actually taken place. If input section
|
|
|
+ name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
|
|
|
+ char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
|
|
|
+ name = new_name;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (delay_st_name_p)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_name
|
|
|
+ = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|
|
+ name, false);
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
|
+ || asect->user_set_vma)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, asect);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
|
|
|
+ if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect);
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
|
|
|
+ consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
|
|
|
+ mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power) | this_hdr->sh_addr;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_addralign = mask & -mask;
|
|
|
+ /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
|
|
|
+ copy_private_section_data. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
|
|
|
+ asect->flags. */
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
|
|
|
+ sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
|
|
|
+ else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
|
|
|
+ && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
|
|
|
+ allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
|
|
|
+ non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
|
|
|
+ to a bss output section via a linker script. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_NOTE:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_NOBITS:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_PROGBITS:
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_HASH:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_RELA:
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_REL:
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|
|
+ cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
|
|
|
+ zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
|
|
|
+ || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
|
|
|
+ cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
|
|
|
+ zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
|
|
|
+ || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GROUP:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_HASH:
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
|
|
|
+ if (asect->size == 0
|
|
|
+ && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (o != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
|
|
|
+ SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
|
|
|
+ this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
|
|
|
+ create the other. */
|
|
|
+ if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
|
|
|
+ needed. */
|
|
|
+ if (arg->link_info
|
|
|
+ /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
|
|
|
+ && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
|
|
|
+ || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
|
|
|
+ && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name,
|
|
|
+ false, delay_st_name_p))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
|
|
|
+ && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name,
|
|
|
+ true, delay_st_name_p))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
|
|
|
+ (asect->use_rela_p
|
|
|
+ ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
|
|
|
+ name,
|
|
|
+ asect->use_rela_p,
|
|
|
+ delay_st_name_p))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
|
|
|
+ sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
|
|
|
+ && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arg->failed = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
|
|
|
+ called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
|
|
|
+ when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
|
|
|
+ from bfd_elf_final_link. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bool *failedptr = (bool *) failedptrarg;
|
|
|
+ asection *elt, *first;
|
|
|
+ unsigned char *loc;
|
|
|
+ bool gas;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
|
|
|
+ elfxx-ia64.c. */
|
|
|
+ if ((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP
|
|
|
+ || sec->size == 0
|
|
|
+ || *failedptr)
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned long symindx = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
|
|
|
+ generic linker. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (symindx == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
|
|
|
+ elf_section_syms.
|
|
|
+ PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
|
|
|
+ if (sec->index >= elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index] == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *failedptr = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
|
|
|
+ signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
|
|
|
+ set until all local symbols are output. */
|
|
|
+ asection *igroup;
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long symndx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long extsymoff;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
|
|
|
+ then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
|
|
|
+ the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
|
|
|
+ igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
|
|
|
+ sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
|
|
|
+ symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
|
|
|
+ extsymoff = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
|
|
|
+ while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
|
|
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
|
|
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
|
|
|
+ gas = true;
|
|
|
+ if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ gas = false;
|
|
|
+ sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
|
|
|
+ if (sec->contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *failedptr = true;
|
|
|
+ return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
|
|
|
+ squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
|
|
|
+ start of the input section group. */
|
|
|
+ first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
|
|
|
+ indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
|
|
|
+ just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
|
|
|
+ directives, not that it matters. */
|
|
|
+ while (elt != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = elt;
|
|
|
+ if (!gas)
|
|
|
+ s = s->output_section;
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL
|
|
|
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s);
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *input_elf_sec = elf_section_data (elt);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (gas
|
|
|
+ || (input_elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && input_elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ loc -= 4;
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rel.idx, loc);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (gas
|
|
|
+ || (input_elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && input_elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ loc -= 4;
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rela.idx, loc);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ loc -= 4;
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->this_idx, loc);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
|
|
|
+ if (elt == first)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ loc -= 4;
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
|
|
|
+ .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
|
|
|
+ relocations apply. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+asection *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
|
|
|
+ section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ name = ".got.plt";
|
|
|
+ sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (sec != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return sec;
|
|
|
+ name = ".got";
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static asection *
|
|
|
+elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *name;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int type;
|
|
|
+ bfd *abfd;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
|
|
|
+ if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
|
|
|
+ name = reloc_sec->name;
|
|
|
+ if (!startswith (name, ".rel"))
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ name += 4;
|
|
|
+ if (type == SHT_RELA && *name++ != 'a')
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ return bed->get_reloc_section (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
|
|
|
+ too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
|
|
|
+ in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
|
|
|
+ here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
+ asection *sec;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int section_number;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
|
|
|
+ bool need_symtab;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ section_number = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
|
|
|
+ if (link_info == NULL || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size_t reloc_count = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
|
|
|
+ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
|
|
|
+ abfd->section_count--;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Count relocations. */
|
|
|
+ reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
|
|
|
+ if (reloc_count == 0)
|
|
|
+ abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ d->this_idx = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
|
|
|
+ if (d->rel.hdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d->rel.idx = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ d->rel.idx = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (d->rela.hdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d->rela.idx = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ d->rela.idx = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
|
|
|
+ || (link_info == NULL
|
|
|
+ && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
|
|
|
+ == HAS_RELOC)));
|
|
|
+ if (need_symtab)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|
|
+ if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_list *entry;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
|
|
|
+ entry->ndx = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
|
|
|
+ entry->hdr.sh_name
|
|
|
+ = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|
|
+ ".symtab_shndx", false);
|
|
|
+ if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, section_number);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
|
|
|
+ indices. */
|
|
|
+ amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *);
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (need_symtab)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
|
|
|
+ entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (d->rel.idx != 0)
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (d->rela.idx != 0)
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
|
|
|
+ table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
|
|
|
+ the relocation entries apply. */
|
|
|
+ if (d->rel.idx != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (d->rela.idx != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
|
|
|
+ if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
|
|
|
+ /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
|
|
|
+ This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
|
|
|
+ when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
|
|
|
+ section has been retained for some reason. */
|
|
|
+ if (s)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
|
|
|
+ if (discarded_section (s))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *kept;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
|
|
|
+ " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
|
|
|
+ /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
|
|
|
+ size as the discarded one. */
|
|
|
+ kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
|
|
|
+ if (kept == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ s = kept;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Handle objcopy. */
|
|
|
+ else if (s->output_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
|
|
|
+ " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ s = s->output_section;
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case SHT_REL:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_RELA:
|
|
|
+ /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
|
|
|
+ section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
|
|
|
+ table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
|
|
|
+ which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
|
|
|
+ allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table
|
|
|
+ if there is one. Otherwise we guess the normal symbol
|
|
|
+ table. FIXME: How can we be sure? */
|
|
|
+ if (d->this_hdr.sh_link == 0 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (d->this_hdr.sh_link == 0)
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = elf_get_reloc_section (sec);
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_STRTAB:
|
|
|
+ /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
|
|
|
+ string section. We look for a section with the same name
|
|
|
+ but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
|
|
|
+ field to point to this section. */
|
|
|
+ if (startswith (sec->name, ".stab")
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ char *alc;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (sec->name);
|
|
|
+ alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
|
|
|
+ if (alc == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
|
|
|
+ alc[len - 3] = '\0';
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
|
|
|
+ free (alc);
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* This is a .stab section. */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 12;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNAMIC:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_DYNSYM:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verneed:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_verdef:
|
|
|
+ /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
|
|
|
+ used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
|
|
|
+ version strings. */
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
|
|
|
+ /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
|
|
|
+ list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
|
|
|
+ the version strings. */
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
|
|
|
+ ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"));
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_HASH:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_HASH:
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GNU_versym:
|
|
|
+ /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
|
|
|
+ this hash table or version table is for. */
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SHT_GROUP:
|
|
|
+ d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
|
|
|
+ debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
|
|
|
+ return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym))
|
|
|
+ || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym)));
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
|
|
|
+ SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
|
|
|
+ SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
|
|
|
+ the beginning of that array.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+unsigned int
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **syms, long symcount)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ long src_count, dst_count = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym = syms[src_count];
|
|
|
+ char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, false, false, false);
|
|
|
+ if (h == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ syms[dst_count++] = sym;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ syms[dst_count] = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return dst_count;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
|
|
|
+ output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sym == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
|
|
|
+ if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED) == 0)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sym->section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (sym);
|
|
|
+ return ((type_ptr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
|
|
|
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
|
|
|
+ || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
|
|
|
+ || (sym->section->output_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
|
|
|
+ && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
|
|
|
+ || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
|
|
|
+ all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
+ asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|
|
+ asymbol **sect_syms;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_locals = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_globals = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int max_index = 0;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int idx;
|
|
|
+ asection *asect;
|
|
|
+ asymbol **new_syms;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
|
|
|
+ fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (max_index < asect->index)
|
|
|
+ max_index = asect->index;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ max_index++;
|
|
|
+ amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|
|
+ sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (sect_syms == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
|
|
|
+ elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
|
|
|
+ decided to output. */
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
|
|
|
+ && sym->value == 0
|
|
|
+ && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
|
|
|
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec = sym->section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec->owner != abfd)
|
|
|
+ sec = sec->output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Classify all of the symbols. */
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
|
|
+ num_globals++;
|
|
|
+ else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
|
|
|
+ num_locals++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
|
|
|
+ sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
|
|
|
+ eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
|
|
|
+ at least in that case. */
|
|
|
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
|
|
|
+ /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
|
|
|
+ if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
|
|
|
+ && sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
|
|
|
+ num_locals++;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ num_globals++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
|
|
|
+ amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|
|
+ new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (new_syms == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|
|
+ i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|
|
+ /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
|
|
|
+ else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
|
|
|
+ i = num_locals2++;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|
|
+ sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
|
|
|
+ if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
|
|
|
+ && sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
|
|
|
+ if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
|
|
|
+ i = num_locals2++;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
|
|
|
+ new_syms[i] = sym;
|
|
|
+ sym->udata.i = i + 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pnum_locals = num_locals;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
|
|
|
+ ELF data structure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static inline file_ptr
|
|
|
+align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
|
|
|
+ required section alignment. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+file_ptr
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
|
|
|
+ file_ptr offset,
|
|
|
+ bool align)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
|
|
|
+ offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ return offset;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
|
|
|
+ otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
|
|
|
+ is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
|
|
|
+ bool failed;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ bool need_symtab;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->output_has_begun)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
|
|
|
+ (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->elf_backend_init_file_header) (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fsargs.failed = false;
|
|
|
+ fsargs.link_info = link_info;
|
|
|
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
|
|
|
+ if (fsargs.failed)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
|
|
|
+ need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
|
|
|
+ || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
|
|
|
+ == HAS_RELOC)));
|
|
|
+ if (need_symtab)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
|
|
|
+ int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ failed = false;
|
|
|
+ if (link_info == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
|
|
|
+ if (failed)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
+ /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
+ /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
|
|
|
+ shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (need_symtab)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ file_ptr off;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
|
|
|
+ out. */
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ abfd->output_has_begun = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Retrieve .eh_frame_hdr. Prior to size_dynamic_sections the
|
|
|
+ function effectively returns whether --eh-frame-hdr is given on the
|
|
|
+ command line. After size_dynamic_sections the result reflects
|
|
|
+ whether .eh_frame_hdr will actually be output (sizing isn't done
|
|
|
+ until ldemul_after_allocation). */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static asection *
|
|
|
+elf_eh_frame_hdr (const struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL && is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
|
|
|
+ return elf_hash_table (info)->eh_info.hdr_sec;
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
|
|
|
+ get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bfd_size_type
|
|
|
+get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ size_t segs;
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
|
|
|
+ and one for data. */
|
|
|
+ segs = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && s->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
|
|
|
+ PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
|
|
|
+ PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
|
|
|
+ targets. */
|
|
|
+ segs += 2;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL && info->relro)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (info))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
|
|
+ NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME);
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL && s->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int alignment_power;
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
|
|
|
+ loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
|
|
|
+ PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
|
|
|
+ each note should have the same alignment. So we check
|
|
|
+ whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
|
|
|
+ alignment_power = s->alignment_power;
|
|
|
+ while (s->next != NULL
|
|
|
+ && s->next->alignment_power == alignment_power
|
|
|
+ && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_type (s->next) == SHT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ s = s->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
|
|
|
+ ++segs;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma commonpagesize;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int page_align_power;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ commonpagesize = info->commonpagesize;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ commonpagesize = bed->commonpagesize;
|
|
|
+ page_align_power = bfd_log2 (commonpagesize);
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info > PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
|
|
|
+ "sh_info field: %d"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Align mbind section to page size. */
|
|
|
+ if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power)
|
|
|
+ s->alignment_power = page_align_power;
|
|
|
+ segs ++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
|
|
|
+ if (a == -1)
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+ segs += a;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+Elf_Internal_Phdr *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ m != NULL;
|
|
|
+ m = m->next, p++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
+ if (m->sections[i] == section)
|
|
|
+ return p;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static struct elf_segment_map *
|
|
|
+make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ asection **sections,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int from,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int to,
|
|
|
+ bool phdr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ asection **hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += (to - from) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
|
|
+ for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|
|
+ m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ m->count = to - from;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (from == 0 && phdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
|
|
|
+ m->includes_filehdr = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return m;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
|
|
|
+ on failure. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+struct elf_segment_map *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
|
|
|
+ m->count = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->sections[0] = dynsec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return m;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
|
+ bool remove_empty_load)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map **m;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
|
|
|
+ not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
|
|
|
+ sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
|
|
|
+ sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
|
|
|
+ removed. */
|
|
|
+ m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
|
|
|
+ while (*m)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, new_count;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
|
|
|
+ && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
|
+ || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
|
|
|
+ new_count++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ (*m)->count = new_count;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (remove_empty_load
|
|
|
+ && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (*m)->count == 0
|
|
|
+ && !(*m)->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ *m = (*m)->next;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ m = &(*m)->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define IS_TBSS(s) \
|
|
|
+ ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. Update
|
|
|
+ NEED_LAYOUT if the section layout is changed. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
|
+ bool *need_layout)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int count;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+ asection **sections = NULL;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ bool no_user_phdrs;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Size the relative relocations if DT_RELR is enabled. */
|
|
|
+ if (info->enable_dt_relr
|
|
|
+ && need_layout != NULL
|
|
|
+ && bed->size_relative_relocs
|
|
|
+ && !bed->size_relative_relocs (info, need_layout))
|
|
|
+ info->callbacks->einfo
|
|
|
+ (_("%F%P: failed to size relative relocations\n"));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map **pm;
|
|
|
+ asection *last_hdr;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma last_size;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int hdr_index;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ asection **hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ bool phdr_in_segment;
|
|
|
+ bool writable;
|
|
|
+ bool executable;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int tls_count = 0;
|
|
|
+ asection *first_tls = NULL;
|
|
|
+ asection *first_mbind = NULL;
|
|
|
+ asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; /* Bytes. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type phdr_size; /* Octets/bytes. */
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|
|
+ if (sections == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
|
|
|
+ left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
|
|
|
+ being shifted. */
|
|
|
+ addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
|
|
|
+ addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
|
|
|
+ starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
|
|
|
+ qsort stable. */
|
|
|
+ s->target_index = i;
|
|
|
+ sections[i] = s;
|
|
|
+ ++i;
|
|
|
+ /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
|
|
|
+ if (((s->lma + s->size / opb) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
|
|
|
+ wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size / opb) & addr_mask;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
|
|
|
+ count = i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
|
|
+ phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
|
|
|
+ phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_size /= opb;
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = info->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ if (maxpagesize == 0)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = 1;
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = info != NULL && info->load_phdrs;
|
|
|
+ if (count != 0
|
|
|
+ && (((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) & (maxpagesize - 1))
|
|
|
+ >= (phdr_size & (maxpagesize - 1))))
|
|
|
+ /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
|
|
|
+ SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
|
|
|
+ been left for them. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Build the mapping. */
|
|
|
+ mfirst = NULL;
|
|
|
+ pm = &mfirst;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
|
|
|
+ the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
|
|
|
+ section. */
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && s->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->includes_phdrs = 1;
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
|
|
|
+ m->count = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->sections[0] = s;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
|
|
|
+ segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
|
|
|
+ a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
|
|
|
+ last_hdr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ last_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ hdr_index = 0;
|
|
|
+ writable = false;
|
|
|
+ executable = false;
|
|
|
+ dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
|
|
+ if (dynsec != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
|
|
|
+ dynsec = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
|
|
|
+ is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
|
|
|
+ approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
|
|
|
+ program headers we will need. */
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_in_segment && count > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma phdr_lma; /* Bytes. */
|
|
|
+ bool separate_phdr = false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ phdr_lma = (sections[0]->lma - phdr_size) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL
|
|
|
+ && info->separate_code
|
|
|
+ && (sections[0]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If data sections should be separate from code and
|
|
|
+ thus not executable, and the first section is
|
|
|
+ executable then put the file and program headers in
|
|
|
+ their own PT_LOAD. */
|
|
|
+ separate_phdr = true;
|
|
|
+ if ((((phdr_lma + phdr_size - 1) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ == (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The file and program headers are currently on the
|
|
|
+ same page as the first section. Put them on the
|
|
|
+ previous page if we can. */
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_lma >= maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ phdr_lma -= maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ separate_phdr = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_lma
|
|
|
+ || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size)
|
|
|
+ /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
|
|
|
+ of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ else if (phdr_lma < wrap_to)
|
|
|
+ /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
|
|
|
+ file and program headers, then the headers will be
|
|
|
+ overwritten. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ else if (separate_phdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->p_paddr = phdr_lma * opb;
|
|
|
+ m->p_vaddr_offset
|
|
|
+ = (sections[0]->vma - phdr_size) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ m->p_paddr_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *hdr;
|
|
|
+ bool new_segment;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (last_hdr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
|
|
|
+ one (we build the last one after this loop). */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If this section has a different relation between the
|
|
|
+ virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
|
|
|
+ || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
|
|
|
+ the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ == (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
|
|
|
+ pages onto the same memory page. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
|
|
|
+ to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
|
|
|
+ around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
|
|
|
+ pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
|
|
|
+ section can be included in the current segment. */
|
|
|
+ else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ + maxpagesize > last_hdr->lma)
|
|
|
+ && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ + maxpagesize <= hdr->lma))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
|
|
|
+ skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
|
|
|
+ nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
|
|
|
+ as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
|
|
|
+ Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
|
|
|
+ don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
|
|
|
+ file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (info != NULL
|
|
|
+ && info->separate_code
|
|
|
+ && executable != ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (! writable
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
|
|
|
+ new_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
|
|
|
+ if (last_hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && info != NULL
|
|
|
+ && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
|
|
|
+ new_segment
|
|
|
+ = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
|
|
|
+ last_hdr,
|
|
|
+ new_segment);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! new_segment)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|
|
+ writable = true;
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ executable = true;
|
|
|
+ last_hdr = hdr;
|
|
|
+ /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
|
|
|
+ last_size = (!IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0) / opb;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
|
|
|
+ header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, hdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|
|
+ writable = true;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ writable = false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
|
|
|
+ executable = false;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ executable = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ last_hdr = hdr;
|
|
|
+ /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
|
|
|
+ last_size = (!IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0) / opb;
|
|
|
+ hdr_index = i;
|
|
|
+ phdr_in_segment = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
|
|
|
+ for .tbss. */
|
|
|
+ if (last_hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (i - hdr_index != 1
|
|
|
+ || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, hdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (dynsec != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
|
|
|
+ add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
|
|
|
+ because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
|
|
|
+ loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
|
|
|
+ in the output file. */
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s2;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int alignment_power = s->alignment_power;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ count = 1;
|
|
|
+ for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (s2->next->alignment_power == alignment_power
|
|
|
+ && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_type (s2->next) == SHT_NOTE
|
|
|
+ && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size / opb,
|
|
|
+ alignment_power)
|
|
|
+ == s2->next->lma)
|
|
|
+ count++;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
|
|
|
+ m->count = count;
|
|
|
+ while (count > 1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
|
|
|
+ s = s->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! tls_count)
|
|
|
+ first_tls = s;
|
|
|
+ tls_count++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (first_mbind == NULL
|
|
|
+ && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
|
|
|
+ first_mbind = s;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (tls_count > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += tls_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_TLS;
|
|
|
+ m->count = tls_count;
|
|
|
+ /* Mandated PF_R. */
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ s = first_tls;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
|
|
|
+ s = first_tls;
|
|
|
+ i = 0;
|
|
|
+ while (i < tls_count)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s);
|
|
|
+ i++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s);
|
|
|
+ s = s->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ m->sections[i] = s;
|
|
|
+ s = s->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (first_mbind
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
|
|
|
+ && (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0)
|
|
|
+ for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Mandated PF_R. */
|
|
|
+ unsigned long p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
|
|
+ p_flags |= PF_W;
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ p_flags |= PF_X;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
|
|
|
+ + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
|
|
|
+ m->count = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->sections[0] = s;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags = p_flags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
|
|
|
+ NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME);
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL && s->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_GNU_PROPERTY;
|
|
|
+ m->count = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->sections[0] = s;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (info);
|
|
|
+ if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
|
|
|
+ m->count = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
|
|
|
+ m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
|
|
|
+ m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
|
|
|
+ if (info->stacksize > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m->p_size = info->stacksize;
|
|
|
+ m->p_size_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (info != NULL && info->relro)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && m->count != 0
|
|
|
+ && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
|
|
|
+ && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ i = m->count;
|
|
|
+ while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m->sections[i]->size > 0
|
|
|
+ && (m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
|
|
|
+ == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (i != (unsigned) -1)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
|
|
|
+ if (m != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
|
|
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ m->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
|
|
|
+ *pm = m;
|
|
|
+ pm = &m->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|
|
+ ++count;
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ error_return:
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Sort sections by address. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static int
|
|
|
+elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
|
|
|
+ const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type size1, size2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
|
|
|
+ place the section into a segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
|
|
|
+ return 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
|
|
|
+ the same, and this will do nothing. */
|
|
|
+ if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
|
|
|
+ return 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
|
|
|
+ && (x)->size != 0)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (TOEND (sec1))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!TOEND (sec2))
|
|
|
+ return 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (TOEND (sec2))
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#undef TOEND
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
|
|
|
+ before others at the same address. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
|
|
|
+ size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (size1 < size2)
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ if (size1 > size2)
|
|
|
+ return 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
|
|
|
+ by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static int
|
|
|
+elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_segment_map *m1 = *(const struct elf_segment_map **) arg1;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_segment_map *m2 = *(const struct elf_segment_map **) arg2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m1->p_type != m2->p_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m1->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
|
|
+ return 1;
|
|
|
+ if (m2->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ return m1->p_type < m2->p_type ? -1 : 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (m1->includes_filehdr != m2->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ return m1->includes_filehdr ? -1 : 1;
|
|
|
+ if (m1->no_sort_lma != m2->no_sort_lma)
|
|
|
+ return m1->no_sort_lma ? -1 : 1;
|
|
|
+ if (m1->p_type == PT_LOAD && !m1->no_sort_lma)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma lma1, lma2; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ lma1 = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (m1->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ lma1 = m1->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ else if (m1->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (m1->sections[0]->owner,
|
|
|
+ m1->sections[0]);
|
|
|
+ lma1 = (m1->sections[0]->lma + m1->p_vaddr_offset) * opb;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ lma2 = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (m2->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ lma2 = m2->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ else if (m2->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (m2->sections[0]->owner,
|
|
|
+ m2->sections[0]);
|
|
|
+ lma2 = (m2->sections[0]->lma + m2->p_vaddr_offset) * opb;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (lma1 != lma2)
|
|
|
+ return lma1 < lma2 ? -1 : 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (m1->idx != m2->idx)
|
|
|
+ return m1->idx < m2->idx ? -1 : 1;
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
|
|
|
+ not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
|
|
|
+ negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
|
|
|
+ are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
|
|
|
+ larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
|
|
|
+ which is wrong.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
|
|
|
+ the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
|
|
|
+ the page size.'' */
|
|
|
+/* In other words, something like:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ if (vma_offset < off_offset)
|
|
|
+ adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static file_ptr
|
|
|
+vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (maxpagesize == 0)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = 1;
|
|
|
+ return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static void
|
|
|
+print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+ const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
|
|
|
+ char buf[32];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (pt == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
|
|
|
+ else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) m->p_type);
|
|
|
+ pt = buf;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ fflush (stdout);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
|
|
|
+ putc ('\n',stderr);
|
|
|
+ fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ void *buf;
|
|
|
+ bool ret;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
|
|
|
+ if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
|
|
|
+ free (buf);
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
|
|
|
+ sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
|
|
|
+ the file header. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *phdr_load_seg;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr off; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type p_align;
|
|
|
+ bool p_align_p = false;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int alloc, actual;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, j;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map **sorted_seg_map;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (link_info == NULL
|
|
|
+ && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info, NULL))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ alloc = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|
|
+ m->idx = alloc++;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (alloc)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/12467. */
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ actual = alloc;
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ actual = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
|
|
|
+ == actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (actual >= alloc);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (alloc == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
|
|
|
+ see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
|
|
|
+ that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
|
|
|
+ The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
|
|
|
+ layout.
|
|
|
+ See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
|
|
|
+ where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
|
|
|
+ last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
|
|
|
+ phdrs = bfd_zalloc (abfd, (actual * sizeof (*phdrs)
|
|
|
+ + alloc * sizeof (*sorted_seg_map)));
|
|
|
+ sorted_seg_map = (struct elf_segment_map **) (phdrs + actual);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
|
|
|
+ if (phdrs == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), j = 0; m != NULL; m = m->next, j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sorted_seg_map[j] = m;
|
|
|
+ /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
|
|
|
+ sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
|
|
|
+ not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
|
|
|
+ contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
|
|
|
+ Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
|
|
|
+ if (m->count > 1
|
|
|
+ && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
|
|
|
+ && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ m->sections[i]->target_index = i;
|
|
|
+ qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
|
|
|
+ elf_sort_sections);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (alloc > 1)
|
|
|
+ qsort (sorted_seg_map, alloc, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map),
|
|
|
+ elf_sort_segments);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p_align = bed->p_align;
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = 1;
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = link_info->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
|
|
|
+ off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
|
|
|
+ headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
|
|
|
+ position after the ELF file header. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_load_seg = NULL;
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < alloc; j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m = sorted_seg_map[j];
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ phdr_load_seg = m;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_load_seg == NULL)
|
|
|
+ off += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < alloc; j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection **secpp;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma off_adjust; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ bool no_contents;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
|
|
|
+ number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
|
|
|
+ and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
|
|
|
+ that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
|
|
|
+ available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
|
|
|
+ m = sorted_seg_map[j];
|
|
|
+ p = phdrs + m->idx;
|
|
|
+ p->p_type = m->p_type;
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->count == 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr = m->p_vaddr_offset * opb;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr = (m->sections[0]->vma + m->p_vaddr_offset) * opb;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ else if (m->count == 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = 0;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = (m->sections[0]->lma + m->p_vaddr_offset) * opb;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
|
|
|
+ the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
|
|
|
+ objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
|
|
|
+ value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
|
|
|
+ may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
|
|
|
+ segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
|
|
|
+ on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_align_valid)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = m->p_align;
|
|
|
+ else if (p_align != 0
|
|
|
+ && (link_info == NULL
|
|
|
+ || !link_info->maxpagesize_is_set))
|
|
|
+ /* Set p_align to the default p_align value while laying
|
|
|
+ out segments aligning to the maximum page size or the
|
|
|
+ largest section alignment. The run-time loader can
|
|
|
+ align segments to the default p_align value or the
|
|
|
+ maximum page size, depending on system page size. */
|
|
|
+ p_align_p = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (m->p_align_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = m->p_align;
|
|
|
+ else if (m->count == 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m == phdr_load_seg)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!m->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = off;
|
|
|
+ off += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ no_contents = false;
|
|
|
+ off_adjust = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && m->count > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type align; /* Bytes. */
|
|
|
+ unsigned int align_power = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_align_valid)
|
|
|
+ align = p->p_align;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int secalign;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ secalign = bfd_section_alignment (*secpp);
|
|
|
+ if (secalign > align_power)
|
|
|
+ align_power = secalign;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
|
|
|
+ if (align < maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If a section requires alignment higher than the
|
|
|
+ default p_align value, don't set p_align to the
|
|
|
+ default p_align value. */
|
|
|
+ if (align > p_align)
|
|
|
+ p_align_p = false;
|
|
|
+ align = maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If a section requires alignment higher than the
|
|
|
+ maximum page size, set p_align to the section
|
|
|
+ alignment. */
|
|
|
+ p_align_p = true;
|
|
|
+ p_align = align;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
|
|
|
+ /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
|
|
|
+ it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
|
|
|
+ set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
|
|
|
+ sections. */
|
|
|
+ no_contents = true;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ no_contents = false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align * opb);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
|
|
|
+ map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
|
|
|
+ processors. */
|
|
|
+ if (j != 0
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
|
|
|
+ && bed->no_page_alias
|
|
|
+ && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0
|
|
|
+ && ((off & -maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize)))
|
|
|
+ off_adjust += maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ off += off_adjust;
|
|
|
+ if (no_contents)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
|
|
|
+ the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
|
|
|
+ arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
|
|
|
+ checks it. So to comply with the alignment
|
|
|
+ requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
|
|
|
+ p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
|
|
|
+ subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
|
|
|
+ past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ off_adjust = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
|
|
|
+ PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
|
|
|
+ else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
|
|
|
+ && m->count > 1
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
|
|
|
+ " is not the .dynamic section"),
|
|
|
+ abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
|
|
|
+ else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_flags_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m->count > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off
|
|
|
+ || (!m->p_paddr_valid
|
|
|
+ && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
|
|
|
+ " try linking with -N"),
|
|
|
+ abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr -= off;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr -= off;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (sorted_seg_map[0]->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *filehdr = phdrs + sorted_seg_map[0]->idx;
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr = filehdr->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = filehdr->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_flags_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = p->p_offset;
|
|
|
+ if (m->count > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (phdr_load_seg != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr = phdrs + phdr_load_seg->idx;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma phdr_off = 0; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_load_seg->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ phdr_off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr = phdr->p_vaddr + phdr_off;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = phdr->p_paddr + phdr_off;
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = phdr->p_offset + phdr_off;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = off;
|
|
|
+ if (no_contents)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
|
|
|
+ without file contents somewhere within the first
|
|
|
+ page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type align = maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ if (align < p->p_align)
|
|
|
+ align = p->p_align;
|
|
|
+ if (align < 1)
|
|
|
+ align = 1;
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = off % align;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ file_ptr adjust; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
|
|
|
+ if (!no_contents)
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
|
|
|
+ maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
|
|
|
+ core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
|
|
|
+ assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
|
|
|
+ for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type align;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sec = *secpp;
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
|
|
|
+ && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
|
|
|
+ && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
|
|
|
+ || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma * opb; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; /* Octets. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (adjust != 0
|
|
|
+ && (s_start < p_end
|
|
|
+ || p_end < p_start))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64 " adjusted to %#" PRIx64),
|
|
|
+ abfd, sec, (uint64_t) s_start / opb,
|
|
|
+ (uint64_t) p_end / opb);
|
|
|
+ adjust = 0;
|
|
|
+ sec->lma = p_end / opb;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += adjust;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ off_adjust = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
|
|
|
+ Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
|
|
|
+ zero it. */
|
|
|
+ adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
|
|
|
+ if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
|
|
|
+ as would seem proper for their address when the
|
|
|
+ section is first in the segment. sh_offset
|
|
|
+ doesn't really have any significance for
|
|
|
+ SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
|
|
|
+ relative to other sections. Historically we
|
|
|
+ didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
|
|
|
+ programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
|
|
|
+ pr12921 and pr25662. */
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS || i == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ off += adjust;
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ off_adjust += adjust;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz += adjust;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
|
|
|
+ everything. */
|
|
|
+ if (i == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
|
|
|
+ off += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz = 0;
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
|
|
|
+ sec->filepos = 0;
|
|
|
+ sec->size = 0;
|
|
|
+ sec->flags = 0;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ off += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
|
|
|
+ && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
|
|
|
+ (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
|
|
|
+ final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
|
|
|
+ would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
|
|
|
+ p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
|
|
|
+ also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
|
|
|
+ p_offset value. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
|
|
|
+ off, align);
|
|
|
+ this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
|
|
|
+ a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
|
|
|
+ file space but are not loaded into memory. */
|
|
|
+ if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
|
|
|
+ normal segments. */
|
|
|
+ else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (align > p->p_align
|
|
|
+ && !m->p_align_valid
|
|
|
+ && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = align;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_flags_valid)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags |= PF_R;
|
|
|
+ if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags |= PF_X;
|
|
|
+ if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags |= PF_W;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ off -= off_adjust;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
|
|
|
+ present, will be loaded into memory. */
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR
|
|
|
+ && phdr_load_seg == NULL
|
|
|
+ && !(bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, phdrs, alloc)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
|
|
|
+ used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
|
|
|
+ leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
|
|
|
+ " by LOAD segment"),
|
|
|
+ abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (link_info == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
|
|
|
+ the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
|
|
|
+ link_info->callbacks->info ("%X");
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
|
|
|
+ Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bool check_vma = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
|
|
|
+ && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
|
|
|
+ ->this_hdr), p) != 0
|
|
|
+ && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
|
|
|
+ ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
|
|
|
+ check_vma = false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ asection *sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sec = m->sections[i];
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
|
|
|
+ if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
|
|
|
+ && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, sec, j);
|
|
|
+ print_segment_map (m);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p_align_p)
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = p_align;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL
|
|
|
+ && phdr_load_seg != NULL
|
|
|
+ && phdr_load_seg->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
|
|
|
+ program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
|
|
|
+ A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
|
|
|
+ = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
|
|
|
+ false, false, true);
|
|
|
+ /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
|
|
|
+ if (hash != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
|
|
|
+ || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
|
|
+ || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
|
|
+ || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s = NULL;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr = phdrs[phdr_load_seg->idx].p_vaddr / opb;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_load_seg->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
|
|
|
+ s = phdr_load_seg->sections[0];
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD && m->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ s = m->sections[0];
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
|
|
|
+ hash->root.u.def.section = s;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
|
|
|
+ hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
|
|
+ hash->def_regular = 1;
|
|
|
+ hash->non_elf = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
|
|
|
+ is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
|
|
|
+ use heuristics instead. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+is_debuginfo_file (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (abfd == NULL || bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **start_headers = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **end_headers = start_headers + elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **headerp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (headerp = start_headers; headerp < end_headers; headerp ++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *header = * headerp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
|
|
|
+ The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
|
|
|
+ if ((header->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == SHF_ALLOC
|
|
|
+ && header->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ && header->sh_type != SHT_NOTE)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
|
|
|
+ and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr off;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = link_info->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
|
|
|
+ || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
|
|
|
+ && hdr->contents == NULL)))
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
|
|
|
+ else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_size != 0
|
|
|
+ /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
|
|
|
+ compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
|
|
|
+ have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
|
|
|
+ loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
|
|
|
+ so do not warn about them. */
|
|
|
+ && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd))
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
|
|
|
+ abfd,
|
|
|
+ (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
|
|
|
+ ? "*unknown*"
|
|
|
+ : hdr->bfd_section->name));
|
|
|
+ /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
|
|
|
+ off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_addralign);
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
|
|
|
+ false);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
|
|
|
+ not been decided. */
|
|
|
+ || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
|
|
|
+ || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr->bfd_section)
|
|
|
+ && abfd->is_linker_output)))
|
|
|
+ || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
|
|
|
+ || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
|
|
|
+ && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
|
|
|
+ || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
|
|
|
+ || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
|
|
|
+ the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|
|
+ phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma start, end; /* Bytes. */
|
|
|
+ bool ok;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
|
|
|
+ in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
|
|
|
+ relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
|
|
|
+ start = link_info->relro_start;
|
|
|
+ end = link_info->relro_end;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (m->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_size_valid)
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+ start = m->sections[0]->vma;
|
|
|
+ end = start + m->p_size / opb;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ start = 0;
|
|
|
+ end = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ok = false;
|
|
|
+ if (start < end)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *lm;
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
|
|
|
+ lm != NULL;
|
|
|
+ lm = lm->next, lp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && lm->count != 0
|
|
|
+ && (lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->vma
|
|
|
+ + (!IS_TBSS (lm->sections[lm->count - 1])
|
|
|
+ ? lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->size / opb
|
|
|
+ : 0)) > start
|
|
|
+ && lm->sections[0]->vma < end)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (lm != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < lm->count; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *s = lm->sections[i];
|
|
|
+ if (s->vma >= start
|
|
|
+ && s->vma < end
|
|
|
+ && s->size != 0)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (i < lm->count)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_vaddr = lm->sections[i]->vma * opb;
|
|
|
+ p->p_paddr = lm->sections[i]->lma * opb;
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = lm->sections[i]->filepos;
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz = end * opb - p->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = p->p_memsz;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
|
|
|
+ into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
|
|
|
+ In cases where the end does not match any
|
|
|
+ loaded section (for instance is in file
|
|
|
+ padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
|
|
|
+ the end of loaded section contents. */
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_filesz > lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
|
|
|
+ valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
|
|
|
+ the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
|
|
|
+ objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
|
|
|
+ otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
|
|
|
+ debug files. */
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_align_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_align = 1;
|
|
|
+ if (!m->p_flags_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_flags = PF_R;
|
|
|
+ ok = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!ok)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: unable to allocate any sections to PT_GNU_RELRO segment"),
|
|
|
+ abfd);
|
|
|
+ memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (m->p_size_valid)
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (m->count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
|
|
|
+ segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ m->count = 0;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
|
|
|
+ "and/or program header"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, (int) (p - phdrs));
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = 0;
|
|
|
+ p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
|
|
|
+ for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sect = m->sections[i];
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - p->p_offset + hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ /* NB: p_memsz of the loadable PT_NOTE segment
|
|
|
+ should be the same as p_filesz. */
|
|
|
+ if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static elf_section_list *
|
|
|
+find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
|
|
|
+ if (list->ndx == i)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ return list;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
|
|
|
+ VMAs must be known before this is called.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
|
|
|
+ "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
|
|
|
+ bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
|
|
|
+ bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
|
|
|
+ here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
|
|
|
+ assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
|
|
|
+ nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
|
|
|
+ assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ unsigned int alloc;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
|
|
|
+ && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Start after the ELF header. */
|
|
|
+ off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
|
|
|
+ not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
|
|
|
+ the sections in the file is unimportant. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = *hdrpp;
|
|
|
+ if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
|
|
|
+ their sizes. */
|
|
|
+ || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
|
|
|
+ || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr->bfd_section)
|
|
|
+ && abfd->is_linker_output)))
|
|
|
+ || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
|
|
|
+ && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
|
|
|
+ || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_offset = -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, true);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
|
|
|
+ assignment of sections to segments. */
|
|
|
+ if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* And for non-load sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_headers) (abfd, link_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Write out the program headers. */
|
|
|
+ alloc = i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ if (alloc != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
|
|
|
+ struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
|
|
|
+ if (shstrtab == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
|
|
|
+ bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
|
|
|
+ else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
|
|
+ else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_unknown:
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
|
|
|
+ e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
|
|
|
+ in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
|
|
|
+ the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
|
|
|
+ can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
|
|
|
+ unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
|
|
|
+ Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
|
|
|
+ e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* No program header, for now. */
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", false);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", false);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
|
|
|
+ (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", false);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|
|
+ || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
|
|
|
+ || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
|
|
|
+ ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
|
|
|
+ including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
|
|
|
+ changed or the programs updated. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (obfd);
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_segments = i_ehdrp->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (obfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = tdata->phdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
|
|
+ for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ segments is non-zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
|
|
|
+ of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ file_ptr off;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ shdrp = *shdrpp;
|
|
|
+ if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+ bool is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
|
|
|
+ bool is_ctf = sec && bfd_section_is_ctf (sec);
|
|
|
+ if (is_rel
|
|
|
+ || is_ctf
|
|
|
+ || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!is_rel && !is_ctf)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *name = sec->name;
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
|
|
|
+ shdrp->contents))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
|
|
|
+ && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
|
|
|
+ section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
|
|
|
+ char *new_name
|
|
|
+ = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
|
|
|
+ if (new_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ name = new_name;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* Add section name to section name section. */
|
|
|
+ if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+ shdrp->sh_name
|
|
|
+ = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|
|
+ name, false);
|
|
|
+ d = elf_section_data (sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
|
|
|
+ if (d->rel.hdr
|
|
|
+ && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
|
|
|
+ d->rel.hdr,
|
|
|
+ name, false))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (d->rela.hdr
|
|
|
+ && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
|
|
|
+ d->rela.hdr,
|
|
|
+ name, true))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Update section size and contents. */
|
|
|
+ shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
|
|
|
+ shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
|
|
|
+ shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (is_ctf)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Update section size and contents. */
|
|
|
+ shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
|
|
|
+ shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
|
|
|
+ off,
|
|
|
+ true);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
|
|
|
+ compressed. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|
|
+ shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|
|
+ off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, true);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Place the section headers. */
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
|
|
|
+ off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
|
|
|
+ elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
|
|
|
+ bool failed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int count, num_sec;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|
|
+ && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
|
|
|
+ abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
|
|
|
+ sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
|
|
|
+ This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
|
|
|
+ changed.
|
|
|
+ If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
|
|
|
+ already been written to the BFD. */
|
|
|
+ else if (abfd->direction == both_direction)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ failed = false;
|
|
|
+ bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
|
|
|
+ if (failed)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
|
|
|
+ num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
|
|
|
+ i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Write out the section header names. */
|
|
|
+ t = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!(*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
|
|
|
+ if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+unsigned int
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int sec_index;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
|
|
|
+ return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
|
|
|
+ sec_index = SHN_ABS;
|
|
|
+ else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
|
|
|
+ sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
|
|
|
+ else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
|
|
|
+ sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ sec_index = SHN_BAD;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int retval = sec_index;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
|
|
|
+ return retval;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return sec_index;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
|
|
|
+ on error. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+int
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
+ int idx;
|
|
|
+ flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
|
|
|
+ own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
|
|
|
+ symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
|
|
|
+ relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
|
|
|
+ input sections rather than the output section. */
|
|
|
+ if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
|
|
|
+ && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
+ && asym_ptr->section)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sec = asym_ptr->section;
|
|
|
+ if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ sec = sec->output_section;
|
|
|
+ if (sec->owner == abfd
|
|
|
+ && sec->index < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index] != NULL)
|
|
|
+ asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
|
|
|
+ which is used in a relocation entry. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG & 4
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
+ "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
|
|
|
+ (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags);
|
|
|
+ fflush (stderr);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return idx;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Rewrite program header information. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *map;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|
|
+ asection *section;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_segments;
|
|
|
+ bool phdr_included = false;
|
|
|
+ bool p_paddr_valid;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
|
|
+ iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map_first = NULL;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
|
|
|
+#define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
|
|
|
+ (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
|
|
|
+ ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
|
|
|
+ (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
|
|
+ != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
|
|
|
+ ? section->size : 0)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
|
|
+ the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
|
|
|
+#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
|
|
|
+ (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
|
|
|
+ && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
|
|
+ <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
|
|
|
+ the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
|
|
|
+#define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
|
|
|
+ (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
|
|
|
+ && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
|
|
|
+ && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
|
|
|
+ <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
|
|
|
+#define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
|
|
|
+ (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|
|
+ && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
|
|
|
+ <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
|
|
|
+ etc. */
|
|
|
+#define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
|
|
|
+ (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
|
|
|
+ && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
|
|
|
+ && s->vma == 0 \
|
|
|
+ && s->lma == 0)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
|
|
|
+ linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
|
|
|
+ p_memsz set to 0. */
|
|
|
+#define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
|
|
|
+ (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
|
|
|
+ && p->p_paddr == 0 \
|
|
|
+ && p->p_memsz == 0 \
|
|
|
+ && p->p_filesz > 0 \
|
|
|
+ && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
|
|
|
+ && s->size > 0 \
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
|
|
|
+ && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
|
|
|
+ <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
|
|
|
+ A section will be included if:
|
|
|
+ 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
|
|
|
+ if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
|
|
|
+ 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
|
|
|
+ segment.
|
|
|
+ 3. There is an output section associated with it,
|
|
|
+ 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
|
|
|
+ 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
|
|
|
+ 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
|
|
|
+ 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
|
|
|
+ 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
|
|
|
+ (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
|
|
|
+#define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
|
|
|
+ ((((segment->p_paddr \
|
|
|
+ ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
|
|
|
+ : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
|
|
|
+ && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
|
|
|
+ || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
|
|
|
+ || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
|
|
|
+ || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
|
|
|
+ || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
|
|
|
+ || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
|
|
|
+ || (segment->p_paddr \
|
|
|
+ ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
|
|
|
+ : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
|
|
|
+ || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
|
|
|
+ it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
|
|
|
+#define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
|
|
|
+ (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
|
|
|
+ && section->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
|
|
|
+#define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
|
|
|
+ (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
|
|
|
+ their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
|
|
|
+ It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
|
|
|
+ ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
|
|
|
+ to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
|
|
|
+ LMA. */
|
|
|
+#define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
|
|
|
+ ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
|
|
|
+ || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
|
|
|
+ && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
|
|
|
+ || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Initialise the segment mark field, and discard stupid alignment. */
|
|
|
+ for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *o = section->output_section;
|
|
|
+ if (o != NULL && o->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
|
|
|
+ o->alignment_power = 0;
|
|
|
+ section->segment_mark = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
|
|
|
+ p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
|
|
|
+ file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
|
|
|
+ don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
|
|
|
+ p_paddr_valid = false;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p_paddr_valid = true;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
|
|
|
+ of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
|
|
|
+ in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
|
|
|
+ parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
|
|
|
+ for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
|
|
|
+ assignment code will work. */
|
|
|
+ segment->p_vaddr = section->vma * opb;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
|
|
|
+ segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Merge the two segments together. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
|
|
|
+ SEGMENT. */
|
|
|
+ extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (extra_length > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|
|
+ segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
|
|
|
+ i = 0;
|
|
|
+ segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
|
|
|
+ SEGMENT2. */
|
|
|
+ extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
|
|
|
+ - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (extra_length > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
|
|
|
+ segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int section_count;
|
|
|
+ asection **sections;
|
|
|
+ asection *output_section;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int isec;
|
|
|
+ asection *matching_lma;
|
|
|
+ asection *suggested_lma;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+ asection *first_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ first_section = NULL;
|
|
|
+ /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
|
|
|
+ for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
|
|
|
+ section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
|
|
|
+ removed from the corresponding output segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (first_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ first_section = section;
|
|
|
+ if (section->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ ++section_count;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
|
|
|
+ all of the sections we have selected. */
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (map == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
|
|
|
+ using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
|
|
|
+ map->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (map->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (ibfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
|
|
|
+ && maxpagesize > 1
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_align > 1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->p_align = segment->p_align;
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_align > maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ map->p_align = maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ map->p_align_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
|
|
|
+ no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
|
|
|
+ output segment. */
|
|
|
+ if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
|
|
+ and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
|
|
+ map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
|
|
+ map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->includes_phdrs =
|
|
|
+ (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
|
|
+ >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|
|
+ + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ phdr_included = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (section_count == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
|
|
|
+ no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
|
|
|
+ something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
|
|
|
+ a warning is produced.
|
|
|
+ There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
|
|
|
+ have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
|
|
|
+ flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0))
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
|
|
|
+ " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64 ", is this intentional?"),
|
|
|
+ ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_vaddr);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->p_vaddr_offset = segment->p_vaddr / opb;
|
|
|
+ map->count = 0;
|
|
|
+ *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
|
|
|
+ to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
|
|
|
+ The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
|
|
|
+ been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ 1. None of the sections have been moved.
|
|
|
+ In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
|
|
|
+ input BFD.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
|
|
|
+ In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|
|
+ of the first section.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
|
|
|
+ In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
|
|
|
+ placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
|
|
|
+ and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
|
|
|
+ have to be created to contain the other sections.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
|
|
|
+ In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
|
|
|
+ of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
|
|
|
+ or segments to contain the other sections.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
|
|
|
+ pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
|
|
|
+ to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
|
|
|
+ if (sections == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
|
|
|
+ Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
|
|
|
+ Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
|
|
|
+ case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
|
|
|
+ we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
|
|
|
+ more to do. */
|
|
|
+ isec = 0;
|
|
|
+ matching_lma = NULL;
|
|
|
+ suggested_lma = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (section = first_section, j = 0;
|
|
|
+ section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ output_section = section->output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sections[j++] = section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
|
|
|
+ We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
|
|
|
+ correct value. Note - some backends require that
|
|
|
+ p_paddr be left as zero. */
|
|
|
+ if (!p_paddr_valid
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_vaddr != 0
|
|
|
+ && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
|
|
|
+ && isec == 0
|
|
|
+ && output_section->lma != 0
|
|
|
+ && (align_power (segment->p_vaddr
|
|
|
+ + (map->includes_filehdr
|
|
|
+ ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
|
|
+ + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|
|
+ ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
|
|
+ : 0),
|
|
|
+ output_section->alignment_power * opb)
|
|
|
+ == (output_section->vma * opb)))
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
|
|
|
+ LMA address of the output section. */
|
|
|
+ if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr,
|
|
|
+ opb)
|
|
|
+ || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
|
|
|
+ || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
|
|
|
+ && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment, opb)))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (matching_lma == NULL
|
|
|
+ || output_section->lma < matching_lma->lma)
|
|
|
+ matching_lma = output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
|
|
|
+ then it does not overlap any other section within that
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (suggested_lma == NULL)
|
|
|
+ suggested_lma = output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (j == section_count)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
|
|
|
+ if necessary. */
|
|
|
+ if (isec == section_count)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
|
|
|
+ specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
|
|
|
+ the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
|
|
|
+ program header in the input BFD. */
|
|
|
+ map->count = section_count;
|
|
|
+ *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (p_paddr_valid
|
|
|
+ && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma hdr_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ hdr_size = iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ hdr_size += iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Account for padding before the first section in the
|
|
|
+ segment. */
|
|
|
+ map->p_vaddr_offset = ((map->p_paddr + hdr_size) / opb
|
|
|
+ - matching_lma->lma);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
|
|
|
+ the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
|
|
|
+ section fitted, the first section. */
|
|
|
+ if (matching_lma == NULL)
|
|
|
+ matching_lma = suggested_lma;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = matching_lma->lma * opb;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
|
|
|
+ to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
|
|
|
+ of program headers that we will need. Make a note
|
|
|
+ here of the number we used and the segment we chose
|
|
|
+ to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
|
|
|
+ offset when we know the correct value. */
|
|
|
+ phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ phdr_adjust_seg = map;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma align = (bfd_vma) 1 << matching_lma->alignment_power;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
|
|
+ /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
|
|
|
+ first section lma, but there may have been some
|
|
|
+ alignment padding before that section too. Try to
|
|
|
+ account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
|
|
|
+ the same alignment. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_align != 0 && segment->p_align < align)
|
|
|
+ align = segment->p_align;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr &= -(align * opb);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
|
|
|
+ those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
|
|
|
+ sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
|
|
|
+ possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
|
|
|
+ added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
|
|
|
+ to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
|
|
|
+ the loop. */
|
|
|
+ isec = 0;
|
|
|
+ do
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->count = 0;
|
|
|
+ suggested_lma = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ section = sections[j];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ output_section = section->output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr,
|
|
|
+ opb)
|
|
|
+ || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (map->count == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
|
|
|
+ the beginning of the segment, then something is
|
|
|
+ wrong. */
|
|
|
+ if (align_power (map->p_paddr
|
|
|
+ + (map->includes_filehdr
|
|
|
+ ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
|
|
|
+ + (map->includes_phdrs
|
|
|
+ ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
|
|
|
+ : 0),
|
|
|
+ output_section->alignment_power * opb)
|
|
|
+ != output_section->lma * opb)
|
|
|
+ goto sorry;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *prev_sec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
|
|
|
+ and the start of this section is more than
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
|
|
|
+ if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize)
|
|
|
+ < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
|
|
|
+ || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
|
|
|
+ > output_section->lma))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (suggested_lma == NULL)
|
|
|
+ suggested_lma = output_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
|
|
|
+ ++isec;
|
|
|
+ sections[j] = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ section->segment_mark = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (suggested_lma == NULL)
|
|
|
+ suggested_lma = output_section;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
|
|
|
+ be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
|
|
|
+ negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
|
|
|
+ But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
|
|
|
+ So allow a count of zero. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
|
|
|
+ *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (isec < section_count)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
|
|
|
+ segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
|
|
|
+ and carry on looping. */
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (map == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
|
|
|
+ physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
|
|
|
+ not yet been assigned. */
|
|
|
+ map->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = suggested_lma->lma * opb;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
|
|
|
+ map->includes_filehdr = 0;
|
|
|
+ map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ sorry:
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry);
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ while (isec < section_count);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (sections);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
|
|
|
+ going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
|
|
|
+ the offset if necessary. */
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int count;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|
|
+ count++;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
|
|
|
+ phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
|
|
|
+ -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
|
|
|
+ if (map->p_type == PT_PHDR)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma adjust
|
|
|
+ = phdr_adjust_seg->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr + adjust;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#undef SEGMENT_END
|
|
|
+#undef SECTION_SIZE
|
|
|
+#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
|
|
|
+#undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
|
|
|
+#undef IS_NOTE
|
|
|
+#undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
|
|
|
+#undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
|
|
|
+#undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
|
|
|
+#undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
|
|
|
+#undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
|
|
|
+#undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return true if p_align in the ELF program header in ABFD is valid. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elf_is_p_align_valid (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_segments;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type p_align = bed->p_align;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Return true if the default p_align value isn't set or the maximum
|
|
|
+ page size is the same as the minimum page size. */
|
|
|
+ if (p_align == 0 || maxpagesize == bed->minpagesize)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* When the default p_align value is set, p_align may be set to the
|
|
|
+ default p_align value while segments are aligned to the maximum
|
|
|
+ page size. In this case, the input p_align will be ignored and
|
|
|
+ the maximum page size will be used to align the output segments. */
|
|
|
+ segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < num_segments; i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_align != p_align
|
|
|
+ || vma_page_aligned_bias (segment->p_vaddr,
|
|
|
+ segment->p_offset,
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize) != 0))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy ELF program header information. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *map;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_segments;
|
|
|
+ bool phdr_included = false;
|
|
|
+ bool p_paddr_valid;
|
|
|
+ bool p_palign_valid;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map_first = NULL;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map_first;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr_valid. */
|
|
|
+ p_paddr_valid = false;
|
|
|
+ num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ p_paddr_valid = true;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p_palign_valid = elf_is_p_align_valid (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *section;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int section_count;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ asection *first_section = NULL;
|
|
|
+ asection *lowest_section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
|
|
|
+ for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
|
|
|
+ section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
|
|
|
+ if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (first_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ first_section = section;
|
|
|
+ section_count++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
|
|
|
+ all of the sections we have selected. */
|
|
|
+ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *);
|
|
|
+ map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (map == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
|
|
|
+ input segment. */
|
|
|
+ map->next = NULL;
|
|
|
+ map->p_type = segment->p_type;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
|
|
|
+ map->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
|
|
|
+ map->p_align = segment->p_align;
|
|
|
+ map->p_align_valid = p_palign_valid;
|
|
|
+ map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
|
|
|
+ || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
|
|
|
+ bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
|
|
|
+ section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
|
|
|
+ change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
|
|
|
+ Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
|
|
|
+ systems. */
|
|
|
+ map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
|
|
|
+ map->p_size_valid = 1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
|
|
|
+ and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
|
|
|
+ map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->includes_phdrs = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->includes_phdrs =
|
|
|
+ (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
|
|
|
+ >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
|
|
|
+ + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ phdr_included = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ lowest_section = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (section_count != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int isec = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (section = first_section;
|
|
|
+ section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
|
|
|
+ if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
|
|
|
+ if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma seg_off;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (lowest_section == NULL
|
|
|
+ || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
|
|
|
+ lowest_section = section;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
|
|
|
+ p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
|
|
|
+ If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
|
|
|
+ with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
|
|
|
+ invalid. */
|
|
|
+ if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
|
|
+ seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
|
|
|
+ if (section->lma * opb - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
|
|
|
+ map->p_paddr_valid = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (isec == section_count)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (section_count == 0)
|
|
|
+ map->p_vaddr_offset = segment->p_vaddr / opb;
|
|
|
+ else if (map->p_paddr_valid)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma hdr_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_filehdr)
|
|
|
+ hdr_size = iehdr->e_ehsize;
|
|
|
+ if (map->includes_phdrs)
|
|
|
+ hdr_size += iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->p_vaddr_offset = ((map->p_paddr + hdr_size) / opb
|
|
|
+ - (lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ map->count = section_count;
|
|
|
+ *pointer_to_map = map;
|
|
|
+ pointer_to_map = &map->next;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
|
|
|
+ information. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
|
|
|
+ covered by ELF program header have changed. */
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|
|
+ asection *section, *osec;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i, num_segments;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
|
|
|
+ if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
|
|
|
+ goto rewrite;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
|
|
|
+ for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ section->segment_mark = false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
|
|
|
+ and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
|
|
|
+ which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
|
|
|
+ map in this case. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_paddr == 0
|
|
|
+ && segment->p_memsz == 0
|
|
|
+ && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
|
|
|
+ goto rewrite;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (section = ibfd->sections;
|
|
|
+ section != NULL; section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
|
|
|
+ from the input BFD. */
|
|
|
+ osec = section->output_section;
|
|
|
+ if (osec)
|
|
|
+ osec->segment_mark = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
|
|
|
+ this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
|
|
|
+ if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
|
|
|
+ removed. What else do we need to check? */
|
|
|
+ if (osec == NULL
|
|
|
+ || section->flags != osec->flags
|
|
|
+ || section->lma != osec->lma
|
|
|
+ || section->vma != osec->vma
|
|
|
+ || section->size != osec->size
|
|
|
+ || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
|
|
|
+ || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
|
|
|
+ goto rewrite;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
|
|
|
+ input BFD. */
|
|
|
+ for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
|
|
|
+ section = section->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!section->segment_mark)
|
|
|
+ goto rewrite;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ section->segment_mark = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ rewrite:
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
|
|
|
+ the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
|
|
|
+ i < num_segments;
|
|
|
+ i++, segment++)
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
|
|
|
+ && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
|
|
|
+ if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
|
|
|
+ PRIx64 " is too large"),
|
|
|
+ ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_align);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (maxpagesize == 0)
|
|
|
+ maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd, maxpagesize);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
|
|
|
+ asection *isec,
|
|
|
+ bfd *obfd,
|
|
|
+ asection *osec,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
|
|
+ bool final_link = (link_info != NULL
|
|
|
+ && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
|
|
|
+ have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
|
|
|
+ allow the user to override the type and flags other than
|
|
|
+ SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_PROGBITS
|
|
|
+ || elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NOTE
|
|
|
+ || elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NOBITS)
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (osec) = SHT_NULL;
|
|
|
+ /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
|
|
|
+ the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
|
|
|
+ are different the user may be doing something like
|
|
|
+ "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
|
|
|
+ link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
|
|
|
+ && (osec->flags == isec->flags
|
|
|
+ || (final_link
|
|
|
+ && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
|
|
|
+ & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
|
|
|
+ elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (osec) = (elf_section_flags (isec)
|
|
|
+ & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
|
|
|
+ if ((elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0
|
|
|
+ && elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info
|
|
|
+ = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
|
|
|
+ SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
|
|
|
+ to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
|
|
|
+ See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
|
|
|
+ if ((link_info == NULL
|
|
|
+ || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
|
|
|
+ && (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
|
|
|
+ || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
|
|
|
+ if (!final_link && (ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
|
|
|
+ & SHF_COMPRESSED);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
|
|
|
+ don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
|
|
|
+ may be NULL at this point. */
|
|
|
+ if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
|
|
|
+ elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
|
|
|
+ field, and sometimes the info field. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
|
|
|
+ asection *isec,
|
|
|
+ bfd *obfd,
|
|
|
+ asection *osec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
|
|
|
+ || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
|
|
|
+ || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
|
|
|
+ || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
|
|
|
+ ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
|
|
|
+ NULL);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
|
|
|
+ necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
|
|
|
+ the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
|
|
|
+ output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
|
|
|
+ function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
|
|
|
+ from the linker. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *isec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
|
|
|
+ asection *s = first;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type removed = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ while (s != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If this member section is being output but the
|
|
|
+ SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
|
|
|
+ set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
|
|
|
+ if (s->output_section != discarded
|
|
|
+ && isec->output_section == discarded)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
|
|
|
+ elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s);
|
|
|
+ if (s->output_section == discarded
|
|
|
+ && isec->output_section != discarded)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
|
|
|
+ output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
|
|
|
+ its size. */
|
|
|
+ removed += 4;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
|
|
|
+ removed += 4;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
|
|
|
+ removed += 4;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
|
|
|
+ section. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
|
|
+ removed += 4;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
|
|
+ removed += 4;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ s = elf_next_in_group (s);
|
|
|
+ if (s == first)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (removed != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (discarded != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
|
|
|
+ adjust the input section size. */
|
|
|
+ if (isec->rawsize == 0)
|
|
|
+ isec->rawsize = isec->size;
|
|
|
+ isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
|
|
|
+ if (isec->size <= 4)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ isec->size = 0;
|
|
|
+ isec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (isec->output_section != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Adjust the output section size when called from
|
|
|
+ objcopy. */
|
|
|
+ isec->output_section->size -= removed;
|
|
|
+ if (isec->output_section->size <= 4)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ isec->output_section->size = 0;
|
|
|
+ isec->output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy private header information. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
|
|
|
+ This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
|
|
|
+ entry point, because the latter is called after the section
|
|
|
+ contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
|
|
|
+ already been worked out. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
|
|
|
+ which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
|
|
|
+ index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
|
|
|
+ section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
|
|
|
+ swap_out_syms function. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
|
|
|
+#define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
|
|
|
+#define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
|
|
|
+#define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
|
|
|
+#define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *isymarg,
|
|
|
+ bfd *obfd,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *osymarg)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ isym = elf_symbol_from (isymarg);
|
|
|
+ osym = elf_symbol_from (osymarg);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (isym != NULL
|
|
|
+ && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
|
|
|
+ && osym != NULL
|
|
|
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shndx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|
|
+ if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
|
|
|
+ else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
|
|
|
+ else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
|
|
|
+ else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
|
|
|
+ else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
|
|
|
+ shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
|
|
|
+ osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Swap out the symbols. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
|
|
|
+ int relocatable_p,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int symcount;
|
|
|
+ asymbol **syms;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int idx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int num_locals;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+ bool name_local_sections;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Dump out the symtabs. */
|
|
|
+ stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
|
|
|
+ if (stt == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1, sizeof (*symstrtab), &amt)
|
|
|
+ || (symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc (amt)) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1, bed->s->sizeof_sym, &amt)
|
|
|
+ || (outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt)) == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ error_no_mem:
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
|
|
|
+ error_return:
|
|
|
+ free (symstrtab);
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
|
|
|
+ outbound_syms_index = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ outbound_shndx = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx), &amt))
|
|
|
+ goto error_no_mem;
|
|
|
+ outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|
|
+ symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_name = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_value = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_other = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
|
|
|
+ outbound_syms_index++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ name_local_sections
|
|
|
+ = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
|
|
|
+ && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
|
|
|
+ elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
|
|
|
+ flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
|
|
|
+ int type;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!name_local_sections
|
|
|
+ && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Local section symbols have no name. */
|
|
|
+ sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
|
|
|
+ to get the final offset for st_name. */
|
|
|
+ sym.st_name
|
|
|
+ = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
|
|
|
+ false);
|
|
|
+ if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (syms[idx]);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
|
|
|
+ && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
|
|
|
+ and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
|
|
|
+ how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
|
|
|
+ sym.st_size = value;
|
|
|
+ if (type_ptr == NULL
|
|
|
+ || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
|
|
|
+ sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
|
|
+ (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shndx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec->output_section)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ value += sec->output_offset;
|
|
|
+ sec = sec->output_section;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
|
|
|
+ if (! relocatable_p)
|
|
|
+ value += sec->vma;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_value = value;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
|
|
|
+ && type_ptr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
|
|
|
+ not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
|
|
|
+ by copy_private_symbol_data. */
|
|
|
+ shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
|
|
|
+ switch (shndx)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
|
|
|
+ shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
|
|
|
+ shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case MAP_STRTAB:
|
|
|
+ shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
|
|
|
+ shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
|
|
|
+ if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
|
|
|
+ shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case SHN_COMMON:
|
|
|
+ case SHN_ABS:
|
|
|
+ shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ if (shndx >= SHN_LOPROC && shndx <= SHN_HIOS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (bed->symbol_section_index)
|
|
|
+ shndx = bed->symbol_section_index (abfd, type_ptr);
|
|
|
+ /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (shndx > SHN_HIOS && shndx < SHN_HIRESERVE)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
|
|
|
+Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
|
|
|
+ abfd, shndx);
|
|
|
+ shndx = SHN_ABS;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sec2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
|
|
|
+ we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
|
|
|
+ knew what to expect of the library, and what to
|
|
|
+ demand of applications. For example, it
|
|
|
+ appears that `objcopy' might not set the
|
|
|
+ section of a symbol to be a section that is
|
|
|
+ actually in the output file. */
|
|
|
+ sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
|
|
|
+ if (sec2 != NULL)
|
|
|
+ shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
|
|
|
+ if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
|
|
|
+ " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
|
|
|
+ syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
|
|
|
+ sec->name);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sym.st_shndx = shndx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_TLS;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_FUNC;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_OBJECT;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_RELC;
|
|
|
+ else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_SRELC;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ type = STT_NOTYPE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+ type = STT_TLS;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Processor-specific types. */
|
|
|
+ if (type_ptr != NULL
|
|
|
+ && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
|
|
+ type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
|
|
|
+ (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (type != STT_TLS)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
|
|
|
+ type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
|
|
|
+ ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
|
|
|
+ ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|
|
+ ? STB_WEAK
|
|
|
+ : STB_GLOBAL),
|
|
|
+ type);
|
|
|
+ else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ int bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+ bind = STB_LOCAL;
|
|
|
+ else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
|
|
|
+ bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
|
|
|
+ else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
|
|
|
+ bind = STB_WEAK;
|
|
|
+ else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
|
|
|
+ bind = STB_GLOBAL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (type_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_target_internal
|
|
|
+ = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sym.st_other = 0;
|
|
|
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ idx++;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ outbound_syms_index++;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
|
|
|
+ if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
|
|
|
+ elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
|
|
|
+ elfsym->sym.st_name);
|
|
|
+ if (info && info->callbacks->ctf_new_symbol)
|
|
|
+ info->callbacks->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym->dest_index,
|
|
|
+ &elfsym->sym);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
|
|
|
+ (outbound_syms
|
|
|
+ + (elfsym->dest_index
|
|
|
+ * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
|
|
|
+ NPTR_ADD (outbound_shndx,
|
|
|
+ (elfsym->dest_index
|
|
|
+ * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ free (symstrtab);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *sttp = stt;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
|
|
|
+ symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
|
|
|
+ the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
|
|
|
+ always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type symcount;
|
|
|
+ long symtab_size;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|
|
+ if (symcount > LONG_MAX / sizeof (asymbol *))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ symtab_size = symcount * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|
|
+ if (symcount == 0)
|
|
|
+ symtab_size = sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|
|
+ else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (filesize != 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size > filesize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return symtab_size;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type symcount;
|
|
|
+ long symtab_size;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
|
|
|
+ if (symcount > LONG_MAX / sizeof (asymbol *))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ symtab_size = symcount * (sizeof (asymbol *));
|
|
|
+ if (symcount == 0)
|
|
|
+ symtab_size = sizeof (asymbol *);
|
|
|
+ else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (filesize != 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size > filesize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return symtab_size;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr asect)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (asect->reloc_count != 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (asect);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr = &d->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type ext_rel_size = rel_hdr->sh_size;
|
|
|
+ ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (filesize != 0 && ext_rel_size > filesize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
|
|
|
+ if (asect->reloc_count >= LONG_MAX / sizeof (arelent *))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ return (asect->reloc_count + 1L) * sizeof (arelent *);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Canonicalize the relocs. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ sec_ptr section,
|
|
|
+ arelent **relptr,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **symbols)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ arelent *tblptr;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, false))
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ tblptr = section->relocation;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
|
|
|
+ *relptr++ = tblptr++;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *relptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return section->reloc_count;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, false);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (symcount >= 0)
|
|
|
+ abfd->symcount = symcount;
|
|
|
+ return symcount;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **allocation)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, true);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (symcount >= 0)
|
|
|
+ abfd->dynsymcount = symcount;
|
|
|
+ return symcount;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
|
|
|
+ section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
|
|
|
+ dynamic reloc section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type count, ext_rel_size;
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ count = 1;
|
|
|
+ ext_rel_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|
|
+ && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ext_rel_size += s->size;
|
|
|
+ if (ext_rel_size < s->size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ count += s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+ if (count > LONG_MAX / sizeof (arelent *))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (count > 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
|
|
|
+ ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (filesize != 0 && ext_rel_size > filesize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return count * sizeof (arelent *);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
|
|
|
+ dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
|
|
|
+ associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
|
|
|
+ designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
|
|
|
+ one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
|
|
|
+ installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
|
|
|
+ dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ arelent **storage,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **syms)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
|
|
|
+ asection *s;
|
|
|
+ long ret;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
|
|
+ ret = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|
|
+ && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
|
|
|
+ || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ arelent *p;
|
|
|
+ long count, i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, true))
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+ p = s->relocation;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|
|
+ *storage++ = p++;
|
|
|
+ ret += count;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *storage = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Read in the version information. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bool default_imported_symver)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int freeidx = 0;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *contents_end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_info == 0
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_info > hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ error_return_bad_verref:
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ error_return_verref:
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+ contents = _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
+ if (contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
|
|
|
+ == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
|
|
|
+ contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
|
|
|
+ everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
|
|
|
+ iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_filename =
|
|
|
+ bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_file);
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed->vn_cnt,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
|
|
|
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verref;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_aux
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
|
|
|
+ ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ivernaux->vna_nodename =
|
|
|
+ bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|
|
+ ivernaux->vna_name);
|
|
|
+ if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
|
|
|
+ freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
|
|
|
+ ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ivernaux->vna_next
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
|
|
|
+ iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverneed->vn_next
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verref;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (contents);
|
|
|
+ contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int maxidx;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ error_return_bad_verdef:
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ error_return_verdef:
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+ contents = _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
+ if (contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
|
|
|
+ >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
|
|
|
+ contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
|
|
|
+ - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
|
|
|
+ contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
|
|
|
+ - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
|
|
|
+ index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
|
|
|
+ the maximum. */
|
|
|
+ everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|
|
+ maxidx = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+ if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
|
|
|
+ maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverdefmem.vd_next
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (default_imported_symver)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (freeidx > maxidx)
|
|
|
+ maxidx = ++freeidx;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ freeidx = ++maxidx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
|
|
|
+ iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int j;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
|
|
|
+ memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef->vd_cnt,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
|
|
|
+ bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_aux
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
|
|
|
+ iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
|
|
+ for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdaux->vda_nodename =
|
|
|
+ bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
|
|
|
+ iverdaux->vda_name);
|
|
|
+ if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
|
|
+ iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (iverdaux->vda_next
|
|
|
+ > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_bad_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
|
|
|
+ ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (contents);
|
|
|
+ contents = NULL;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (default_imported_symver)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (freeidx < 3)
|
|
|
+ freeidx = 3;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ freeidx++;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef), &amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
|
|
|
+ if (default_imported_symver)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
|
|
|
+ iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
|
|
|
+ bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
|
|
|
+ if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ goto error_return_verdef;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
|
|
|
+ iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ error_return:
|
|
|
+ free (contents);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+asymbol *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ elf_symbol_type *newsym;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*newsym));
|
|
|
+ if (!newsym)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+ newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
|
|
|
+ return &newsym->symbol;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+void
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *symbol,
|
|
|
+ symbol_info *ret)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
|
|
|
+ use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
|
|
|
+ override it. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ const char *name)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
|
|
|
+ if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
|
|
|
+ DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
|
|
|
+ if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
|
|
|
+ emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
|
|
|
+ small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
|
|
|
+ ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
|
|
|
+ underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
|
|
|
+ we treat such symbols as local. */
|
|
|
+ if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
|
|
|
+ forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
|
|
|
+ These labels have the form:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ L0^A.* (fake symbols)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
|
|
|
+ so we only need to match the rest. */
|
|
|
+ if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bool ret = false;
|
|
|
+ const char * p;
|
|
|
+ char c;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (c == 1 || c == 2)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
|
|
|
+ /* A fake symbol. */
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
|
|
|
+ L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
|
|
|
+ assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
|
|
|
+ containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
|
|
|
+ other than some kind of local ? */
|
|
|
+ ret = true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! ISDIGIT (c))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ ret = false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+alent *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ enum bfd_architecture arch,
|
|
|
+ unsigned long machine)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
|
|
|
+ isn't the generic backend, fail. */
|
|
|
+ if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
|
|
|
+ && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
|
|
|
+ && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
|
|
|
+ for error reporting. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **symbols,
|
|
|
+ asection *section,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma offset,
|
|
|
+ const char **filename_ptr,
|
|
|
+ const char **functionname_ptr,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int *line_ptr,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bool found;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
|
|
|
+ filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
|
|
|
+ line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
|
|
|
+ dwarf_debug_sections,
|
|
|
+ &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|
|
+ filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (!*functionname_ptr)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|
|
+ *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
|
|
|
+ functionname_ptr);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|
|
+ &found, filename_ptr,
|
|
|
+ functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
|
|
+ &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (symbols == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
|
|
|
+ filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *line_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Find the line for a symbol. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
|
|
|
+ const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
|
|
|
+ filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
|
|
|
+ dwarf_debug_sections,
|
|
|
+ &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
|
|
|
+ bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
|
|
|
+ each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
|
|
|
+ passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
|
|
|
+ for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ const char **filename_ptr,
|
|
|
+ const char **functionname_ptr,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int *line_ptr)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bool found;
|
|
|
+ found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
|
|
|
+ functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
|
|
|
+ & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
|
|
|
+ return found;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+int
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ phdr_size = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
|
|
+ phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (phdr_size == 0)
|
|
|
+ phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
|
|
|
+ ret += phdr_size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ sec_ptr section,
|
|
|
+ const void *location,
|
|
|
+ file_ptr offset,
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type count)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ file_ptr pos;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! abfd->output_has_begun
|
|
|
+ && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!count)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ unsigned char *contents;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section))
|
|
|
+ /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
|
|
|
+ later. */
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, section);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, section);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ contents = hdr->contents;
|
|
|
+ if (contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, section);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ abort ();
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
|
|
|
+ reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
|
|
|
+ equivalent ELF reloc. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 8:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 12:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 16:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 24:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 32:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 64:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (howto && areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (howto->pcrel_offset)
|
|
|
+ areloc->addend += areloc->address;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 8:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_8;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 14:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_14;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 16:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_16;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 26:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_26;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 32:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_32;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ case 64:
|
|
|
+ code = BFD_RELOC_64;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (howto)
|
|
|
+ areloc->howto = howto;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ goto fail;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ fail:
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, areloc->howto->name);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
|
|
|
+ if (tdata != NULL
|
|
|
+ && (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
|
|
|
+ || bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
|
|
|
+ _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
|
|
|
+ in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
|
|
|
+ range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
|
|
|
+ this reloc. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_reloc_status_type
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
|
|
|
+ (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
|
|
|
+ toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
|
|
|
+ machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
|
|
|
+ out details about the corefile. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
|
|
|
+# include <sys/procfs.h>
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
|
|
|
+ PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static int
|
|
|
+elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int pid;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
|
|
|
+ if (pid == 0)
|
|
|
+ pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return pid;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
|
|
|
+ data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
|
|
|
+ reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
|
|
|
+ overwrite it. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sect2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
|
|
|
+ if (sect2 == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect2->size = sect->size;
|
|
|
+ sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
|
|
|
+ sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
|
|
|
+ actually creates up to two pseudosections:
|
|
|
+ - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
|
|
|
+ such a section already exists.
|
|
|
+ - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
|
|
|
+ PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
|
|
|
+ Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *name,
|
|
|
+ size_t size,
|
|
|
+ ufile_ptr filepos)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char buf[100];
|
|
|
+ char *threaded_name;
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Build the section name. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (threaded_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
|
|
|
+ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ sect->size = size;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = filepos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note,
|
|
|
+ size_t offs)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
|
|
|
+ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz - offs;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos + offs;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* prstatus_t exists on:
|
|
|
+ solaris 2.5+
|
|
|
+ linux 2.[01] + glibc
|
|
|
+ unixware 4.2
|
|
|
+*/
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ size_t size;
|
|
|
+ int offset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ prstatus_t prstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|
|
+ offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
|
|
+ has already been set by another thread. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* pr_who exists on:
|
|
|
+ solaris 2.5+
|
|
|
+ unixware 4.2
|
|
|
+ pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|
|
+ linux 2.[01]
|
|
|
+ */
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
|
|
+ else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|
|
+ prstatus32_t prstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
|
|
|
+ offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
|
|
|
+ has already been set by another thread. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* pr_who exists on:
|
|
|
+ solaris 2.5+
|
|
|
+ unixware 4.2
|
|
|
+ pr_who doesn't exist on:
|
|
|
+ linux 2.[01]
|
|
|
+ */
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|
|
+ note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
|
|
+ size, note->descpos + offset);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *name,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
|
|
|
+ note->descsz, note->descpos);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
|
|
|
+ but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
|
|
|
+ data structure apart. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
|
|
|
+ type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
|
|
|
+ literally. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
|
|
|
+ with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
|
|
|
+ contents literally. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tar", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-sve", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-mte",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arc-v2", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
|
|
|
+ successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-riscv-csr", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
|
|
|
+ successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".gdb-tdesc", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-loongarch-lbt", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-loongarch-lsx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-loongarch-lasx", note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|
|
+typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
|
|
|
+typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
|
|
|
+ most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
|
|
|
+ the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+_bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *dups;
|
|
|
+ char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
+ len = max;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ len = end - start;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
|
|
|
+ if (dups == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (dups, start, len);
|
|
|
+ dups[len] = '\0';
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return dups;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
|
|
+ else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|
|
+ elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
|
|
|
+ note size (ie. data object type). */
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
|
|
+ onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
|
|
+ implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
|
|
|
+ int n = strlen (command);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
+ command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+ || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ )
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ pstatus_t pstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
|
|
+ else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
|
|
|
+ pstatus32_t pstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
|
|
|
+ lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
|
|
|
+ NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
|
|
+ char buf[100];
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+ && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ )
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
|
|
|
+ /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
|
|
|
+ another thread. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|
|
+ + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos
|
|
|
+ + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
|
|
|
+ Cygwin's core_dump.h */
|
|
|
+#define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
|
|
|
+#define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
|
|
|
+#define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
|
|
|
+#define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char buf[30];
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int name_size;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int type;
|
|
|
+ int is_active_thread;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma base_addr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < 4)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (! startswith (note->namedata, "win32"))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ struct
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char *type_name;
|
|
|
+ unsigned long min_size;
|
|
|
+ } size_check[] =
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
|
|
|
+ { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
|
|
|
+ { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
|
|
|
+ { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
|
|
|
+ };
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (type == 0 || type > (sizeof(size_check)/sizeof(size_check[0])))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < size_check[type - 1].min_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, size_check[type - 1].type_name, note->descsz);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
|
|
|
+ structure. */
|
|
|
+ /* thread_info.tid */
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz - 12;
|
|
|
+ /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
|
|
|
+ is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (is_active_thread)
|
|
|
+ if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
|
|
|
+ case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64:
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
|
|
|
+ if (type == NOTE_INFO_MODULE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* module_info.base_address */
|
|
|
+ base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
|
|
|
+ /* module_info.module_name_size */
|
|
|
+ name_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* module_info.base_address */
|
|
|
+ base_addr = bfd_get_64 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
|
|
|
+ /* module_info.module_name_size */
|
|
|
+ name_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (buf) + 1;
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, buf, len);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < 12 + name_size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, note->descsz, name_size);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
|
|
|
+ if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+ case NT_PSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+ case NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_VMX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_VSX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TAR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_PPR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_DSCR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_EBB:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_PMU:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_SPR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_TIMER:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_TODCMP:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_TODPREG:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_CTRS:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_PREFIX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_TDB:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_GS_CB:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_S390_GS_BC:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARC_V2:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_VFP:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_TLS:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_SVE:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_GDB_TDESC:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 4
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "GDB") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_RISCV_CSR:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 4
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "GDB") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_LARCH_CPUCFG:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_LARCH_LBT:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_LARCH_LSX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_LARCH_LASX:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 6
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|
|
+ case NT_PSINFO:
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
|
|
|
+ if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_AUXV:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 0);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FILE:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_SIGINFO:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz == 0)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
|
|
|
+ if (build_id == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ build_id->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
|
|
|
+ abfd->build_id = build_id;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
|
|
|
+ return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ struct sdt_note *cur =
|
|
|
+ (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
|
|
|
+ sizeof (struct sdt_note) + note->descsz);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
|
|
|
+ cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_STAPSDT:
|
|
|
+ return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ size_t offset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case ELFCLASS32:
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < 108)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case ELFCLASS64:
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < 120)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ offset = 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
|
|
|
+ offset += 4;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
|
|
|
+ offset += 8;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17);
|
|
|
+ offset += 17;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81);
|
|
|
+ offset += 81;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Padding before pr_pid. */
|
|
|
+ offset += 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < offset + 4)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ size_t offset;
|
|
|
+ size_t size;
|
|
|
+ size_t min_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
|
|
|
+ Also compute minimum size of this note. */
|
|
|
+ switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case ELFCLASS32:
|
|
|
+ offset = 4 + 4;
|
|
|
+ min_size = offset + (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case ELFCLASS64:
|
|
|
+ offset = 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
|
|
|
+ min_size = offset + (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < min_size)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
|
|
|
+ /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
|
|
|
+ offset += 4 * 2;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
|
|
|
+ offset += 8 * 2;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
|
|
|
+ offset += 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
|
|
|
+ offset += 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
|
|
|
+ offset += 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Padding before pr_reg. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
|
|
|
+ offset += 4;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
|
|
|
+ if ((note->descsz - offset) < size)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
|
|
+ size, note->descpos + offset);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus)
|
|
|
+ if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus) (abfd, note))
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FPREGSET:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 8)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 4);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_X86_XSTATE:
|
|
|
+ if (note->namesz == 8)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_ARM_VFP:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *cp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
|
|
|
+ if (cp != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz <= 0x7c + 31)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int lwp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO:
|
|
|
+ /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
|
|
|
+ find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
|
|
|
+ since the kernel writes this note out first when it
|
|
|
+ creates a core file. */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV:
|
|
|
+ /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 4);
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd,
|
|
|
+ ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
|
|
|
+ note);
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
|
|
|
+ defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
|
|
|
+ than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
|
|
|
+ understand it. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
|
|
|
+ PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_aarch64:
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_alpha:
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_sparc:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
|
|
|
+ There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
|
|
|
+ structure which lacks GBR. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case bfd_arch_sh:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+5:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
|
|
|
+ PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz <= 0x48 + 31)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Processes Solaris's process status note.
|
|
|
+ sig_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_cursig)
|
|
|
+ pid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_pid)
|
|
|
+ lwpid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_who)
|
|
|
+ gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
|
|
|
+ gregset_offset ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note* note, int sig_off,
|
|
|
+ int pid_off, int lwpid_off, size_t gregset_size,
|
|
|
+ size_t gregset_offset)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sect = NULL;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
|
|
|
+ = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + sig_off);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + pid_off);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + lwpid_off);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reg");
|
|
|
+ if (sect != NULL)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = gregset_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", gregset_size,
|
|
|
+ note->descpos + gregset_offset);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Gets program and arguments from a core.
|
|
|
+ prog_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_fname)
|
|
|
+ comm_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_psargs) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_solaris_info(bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note* note,
|
|
|
+ int prog_off, int comm_off)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + prog_off, 16);
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
|
|
+ = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + comm_off, 80);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Processes Solaris's LWP status note.
|
|
|
+ gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
|
|
|
+ gregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)
|
|
|
+ fpregset_size ~ sizeof(fpregset_t)
|
|
|
+ fpregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg) */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note* note,
|
|
|
+ size_t gregset_size, int gregset_off,
|
|
|
+ size_t fpregset_size, int fpregset_off)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sect = NULL;
|
|
|
+ char reg2_section_name[16] = { 0 };
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ (void) snprintf (reg2_section_name, 16, "%s/%i", ".reg2",
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_lwpid) */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
|
|
|
+ = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
|
|
|
+ /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_cursig) */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
|
|
|
+ = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reg");
|
|
|
+ if (sect != NULL)
|
|
|
+ sect->size = gregset_size;
|
|
|
+ else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", gregset_size,
|
|
|
+ note->descpos + gregset_off))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, reg2_section_name);
|
|
|
+ if (sect != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sect->size = fpregset_size;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos + fpregset_off;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", fpregset_size,
|
|
|
+ note->descpos + fpregset_off))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* core files are identified as 32- or 64-bit, SPARC or x86,
|
|
|
+ by the size of the descsz which matches the sizeof()
|
|
|
+ the type appropriate for that note type (e.g., prstatus_t for
|
|
|
+ SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS) for the corresponding architecture
|
|
|
+ on Solaris. The core file bitness may differ from the bitness of
|
|
|
+ gdb itself, so fixed values are used instead of sizeof().
|
|
|
+ Appropriate fixed offsets are also used to obtain data from
|
|
|
+ the note. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch ((int) note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->descsz)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 508: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 136, 216, 308, 152, 356);
|
|
|
+ case 904: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 264, 360, 520, 304, 600);
|
|
|
+ case 432: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 136, 216, 308, 76, 356);
|
|
|
+ case 824: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 264, 360, 520, 224, 600);
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SOLARIS_NT_PSINFO:
|
|
|
+ case SOLARIS_NT_PRPSINFO:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->descsz)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 260: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd, note, 84, 100);
|
|
|
+ case 328: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd, note, 120, 136);
|
|
|
+ case 360: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd, note, 88, 104);
|
|
|
+ case 440: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd, note, 136, 152);
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSTATUS:
|
|
|
+ switch (note->descsz)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case 896: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 152, 344, 400, 496);
|
|
|
+ case 1392: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 304, 544, 544, 848);
|
|
|
+ case 800: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 76, 344, 380, 420);
|
|
|
+ case 1296: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd, note,
|
|
|
+ 224, 544, 528, 768);
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSINFO:
|
|
|
+ /* sizeof(lwpsinfo_t) on 32- and 64-bit, respectively */
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz == 128 || note->descsz == 152)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid =
|
|
|
+ bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* For name starting with "CORE" this may be either a Solaris
|
|
|
+ core file or a gdb-generated core file. Do Solaris-specific
|
|
|
+ processing on selected note types first with
|
|
|
+ elfcore_grok_solaris_note(), then process the note
|
|
|
+ in elfcore_grok_note(). */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_solaris_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (!elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (abfd, note))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_note (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 0);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
|
|
|
+ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ void *ddata = note->descdata;
|
|
|
+ char buf[100];
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+ short sig;
|
|
|
+ unsigned flags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (note->descsz < 16)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
|
|
|
+ *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
|
|
|
+ flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
|
|
|
+ if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
|
|
|
+ do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
|
|
|
+ thread just in case. */
|
|
|
+ if (flags & 0x00000080)
|
|
|
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ strcpy (name, buf);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Note *note,
|
|
|
+ long tid,
|
|
|
+ char *base)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char buf[100];
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
|
|
|
+ sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ strcpy (name, buf);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 2;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* This is the current thread. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
|
|
|
+#define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
|
|
|
+#define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
|
|
|
+#define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
|
|
|
+ tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
|
|
|
+ function. */
|
|
|
+ static long tid = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (note->type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
|
|
|
+ case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
|
|
|
+ case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
|
|
|
+ case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *name;
|
|
|
+ asection *sect;
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Use note name as section name. */
|
|
|
+ len = note->namesz;
|
|
|
+ name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
|
|
|
+ if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
|
|
|
+ name[len - 1] = '\0';
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
|
|
|
+ if (sect == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ sect->size = note->descsz;
|
|
|
+ sect->filepos = note->descpos;
|
|
|
+ sect->alignment_power = 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Function: elfcore_write_note
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Inputs:
|
|
|
+ buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
|
|
|
+ name of note
|
|
|
+ type of note
|
|
|
+ data for note
|
|
|
+ size of data for note
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
|
|
|
+ for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
|
|
|
+ that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
|
|
|
+ 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Return:
|
|
|
+ Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const char *name,
|
|
|
+ int type,
|
|
|
+ const void *input,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Note *xnp;
|
|
|
+ size_t namesz;
|
|
|
+ size_t newspace;
|
|
|
+ char *dest;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ namesz = 0;
|
|
|
+ if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
+ namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
|
|
|
+ if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return buf;
|
|
|
+ dest = buf + *bufsiz;
|
|
|
+ *bufsiz += newspace;
|
|
|
+ xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
|
|
|
+ H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
|
|
|
+ dest = xnp->name;
|
|
|
+ if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
|
|
|
+ dest += namesz;
|
|
|
+ while (namesz & 3)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *dest++ = '\0';
|
|
|
+ ++namesz;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ memcpy (dest, input, size);
|
|
|
+ dest += size;
|
|
|
+ while (size & 3)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ *dest++ = '\0';
|
|
|
+ ++size;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return buf;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
|
|
|
+ possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
|
|
|
+ have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
|
|
|
+ necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
|
|
|
+ representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
|
|
|
+ be NULL terminated.
|
|
|
+ gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
|
|
|
+ diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
|
|
|
+ the finer control available with later versions.
|
|
|
+ gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
|
|
|
+ gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
|
|
|
+ unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
|
|
|
+ (*) Depending on your system header files! */
|
|
|
+#if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
|
|
|
+# pragma GCC diagnostic push
|
|
|
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const char *fname,
|
|
|
+ const char *psargs)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ char *ret;
|
|
|
+ ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
|
|
|
+ if (ret != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+# if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
|
|
+ if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+# if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
|
|
|
+ psinfo32_t data;
|
|
|
+ int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
|
|
|
+# else
|
|
|
+ prpsinfo32_t data;
|
|
|
+ int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
|
|
|
+# endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
|
|
|
+ strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+# endif
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+# if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
|
|
|
+ psinfo_t data;
|
|
|
+ int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
|
|
|
+# else
|
|
|
+ prpsinfo_t data;
|
|
|
+ int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
|
|
|
+# endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
|
|
|
+ strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (buf);
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
|
|
|
+# pragma GCC diagnostic pop
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
|
|
|
+ (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
|
|
|
+ &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
|
|
|
+ &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
|
|
|
+ (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ long pid,
|
|
|
+ int cursig,
|
|
|
+ const void *gregs)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ char *ret;
|
|
|
+ ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ NT_PRSTATUS,
|
|
|
+ pid, cursig, gregs);
|
|
|
+ if (ret != NULL)
|
|
|
+ return ret;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
|
|
|
+ if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ prstatus32_t prstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+ prstat.pr_pid = pid;
|
|
|
+ prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
|
|
|
+ NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ prstatus_t prstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+ prstat.pr_pid = pid;
|
|
|
+ prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
|
|
|
+ NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+#endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (buf);
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ long pid,
|
|
|
+ int cursig,
|
|
|
+ const void *gregs)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
|
|
|
+ const char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|
|
+ lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
|
|
|
+ lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
|
|
|
+ memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
|
|
|
+#elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
|
|
|
+#if !defined(gregs)
|
|
|
+ memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
|
|
|
+ gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
|
|
|
+ gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
|
|
+ NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ long pid,
|
|
|
+ int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|
|
+#if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ pstatus32_t pstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+ pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
|
|
|
+ buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
|
|
+ NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+ return buf;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ pstatus_t pstat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+ pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
|
|
|
+ buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
|
|
|
+ NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
|
|
|
+ return buf;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+#endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *fpregs,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *note_name = "CORE";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *xfpregs,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *xfpregs, int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name;
|
|
|
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
|
|
|
+ note_name = "FreeBSD";
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_vmx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_vsx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tar,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TAR, ppc_tar, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_ppr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_PPR, ppc_ppr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_dscr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_DSCR, ppc_dscr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_ebb,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_EBB, ppc_ebb, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_pmu,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_PMU, ppc_pmu, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cgpr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR, ppc_tm_cgpr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cfpr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR, ppc_tm_cfpr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cvmx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX, ppc_tm_cvmx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cvsx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX, ppc_tm_cvsx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_spr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_SPR, ppc_tm_spr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_ctar,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR, ppc_tm_ctar, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cppr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR, ppc_tm_cppr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *ppc_tm_cdscr,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR, ppc_tm_cdscr, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_high_gprs,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
|
|
|
+ s390_high_gprs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_timer,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_todcmp,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_todpreg,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_ctrs,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_prefix,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_last_break,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
|
|
|
+ s390_last_break, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_system_call,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
|
|
|
+ s390_system_call, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_tdb,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_vxrs_low,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_vxrs_high,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
|
|
|
+ s390_vxrs_high, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_gs_cb,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_GS_CB,
|
|
|
+ s390_gs_cb, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *s390_gs_bc,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_S390_GS_BC,
|
|
|
+ s390_gs_bc, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *arm_vfp,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_tls,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_hw_break,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_hw_watch,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_sve,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_SVE, aarch_sve, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_pauth,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK, aarch_pauth, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_aarch_mte (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *aarch_mte,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL,
|
|
|
+ aarch_mte,
|
|
|
+ size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *arc_v2,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_ARC_V2, arc_v2, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *loongarch_cpucfg,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_LARCH_CPUCFG,
|
|
|
+ loongarch_cpucfg, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *loongarch_lbt,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_LARCH_LBT, loongarch_lbt, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *loongarch_lsx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_LARCH_LSX, loongarch_lsx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *loongarch_lasx,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *note_name = "LINUX";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_LARCH_LASX, loongarch_lasx, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
|
|
|
+ buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
|
|
|
+ written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
|
|
|
+ replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *csrs,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *note_name = "GDB";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_RISCV_CSR, csrs, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
|
|
|
+ SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
|
|
|
+ note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
|
|
|
+ note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const void *tdesc,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const char *note_name = "GDB";
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ note_name, NT_GDB_TDESC, tdesc, size);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ char *buf,
|
|
|
+ int *bufsiz,
|
|
|
+ const char *section,
|
|
|
+ const void *data,
|
|
|
+ int size)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-mte") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_aarch_mte (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-loongarch-lbt") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-loongarch-lsx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ if (strcmp (section, ".reg-loongarch-lasx") == 0)
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
|
|
|
+ return NULL;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+char *
|
|
|
+elfcore_write_file_note (bfd *obfd, char *note_data, int *note_size,
|
|
|
+ const void *buf, int bufsiz)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return elfcore_write_note (obfd, note_data, note_size,
|
|
|
+ "CORE", NT_FILE, buf, bufsiz);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+static bool
|
|
|
+elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset,
|
|
|
+ size_t align)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *p;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
|
|
|
+ gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
|
|
|
+ bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
|
|
|
+ align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
|
|
|
+ if (align < 4)
|
|
|
+ align = 4;
|
|
|
+ if (align != 4 && align != 8)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p = buf;
|
|
|
+ while (p < buf + size)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Note in;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
|
|
|
+ in.namedata = xnp->name;
|
|
|
+ if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
|
|
|
+ in.descdata = p + ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in.namesz, align);
|
|
|
+ in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
|
|
|
+ if (in.descsz != 0
|
|
|
+ && (in.descdata >= buf + size
|
|
|
+ || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case bfd_core:
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+#define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
|
|
|
+ struct
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const char * string;
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ bool (*func) (bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ grokers[] =
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note),
|
|
|
+ GROKER_ELEMENT ("CORE", elfcore_grok_solaris_note)
|
|
|
+ };
|
|
|
+#undef GROKER_ELEMENT
|
|
|
+ int i;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
|
|
|
+ && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
|
|
|
+ grokers[i].len) == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ case bfd_object:
|
|
|
+ if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
|
|
|
+ && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ p += ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in.namesz, in.descsz, align);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size,
|
|
|
+ size_t align)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ char *buf;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (size == 0 || (size + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ buf = (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, size + 1, size);
|
|
|
+ if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
|
|
|
+ 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
|
|
|
+ buf[size] = 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset, align))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ free (buf);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (buf);
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
|
|
|
+ copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
|
|
|
+ occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
|
|
|
+ will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
|
|
|
+ defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
|
|
|
+ buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
|
|
|
+ error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+int
|
|
|
+bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ int num_phdrs;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
|
|
|
+ if (num_phdrs != 0)
|
|
|
+ memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
|
|
|
+ num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return num_phdrs;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return reloc_class_normal;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
|
|
|
+ relocation against a local symbol. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_vma
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
|
|
+ asection **psec,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sec = *psec;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma relocation;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
|
|
|
+ + sec->output_offset
|
|
|
+ + sym->st_value);
|
|
|
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
|
|
|
+ && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
|
|
|
+ && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ rel->r_addend =
|
|
|
+ _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
|
|
+ sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
|
|
|
+ if (sec != *psec)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
|
|
|
+ marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
|
|
|
+ SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
|
|
|
+ other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
|
|
|
+ some info around for --emit-relocs. */
|
|
|
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
|
|
|
+ sec->kept_section = *psec;
|
|
|
+ sec = *psec;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ rel->r_addend -= relocation;
|
|
|
+ rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return relocation;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_vma
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
|
|
+ asection **psec,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma addend)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection *sec = *psec;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
|
|
+ return sym->st_value + addend;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
|
|
+ sym->st_value + addend);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
|
|
|
+ the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
|
|
|
+ section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
|
|
|
+ The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
|
|
|
+ byte may be. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_vma
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
|
|
+ asection *sec,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma offset)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ switch (sec->sec_info_type)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
|
|
|
+ offset);
|
|
|
+ case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ default:
|
|
|
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* Reverse the offset. */
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
|
|
|
+ to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
|
|
|
+ offset = ((sec->size - address_size)
|
|
|
+ / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) - offset);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return offset;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
|
|
|
+ reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
|
|
|
+ based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
|
|
|
+ points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
|
|
|
+ between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
|
|
|
+ file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
|
|
|
+ remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
|
|
|
+ should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
|
|
|
+ be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
|
|
|
+ the remote memory. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd *
|
|
|
+bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
|
|
|
+ (bfd *templ,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type size,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma *loadbasep,
|
|
|
+ int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
|
|
|
+ (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+long
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
|
|
|
+ long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ long dynsymcount,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **dynsyms,
|
|
|
+ asymbol **ret)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ asection *relplt;
|
|
|
+ asymbol *s;
|
|
|
+ const char *relplt_name;
|
|
|
+ bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
|
|
|
+ arelent *p;
|
|
|
+ long count, i, n;
|
|
|
+ size_t size;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
|
|
|
+ char *names;
|
|
|
+ asection *plt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *ret = NULL;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (dynsymcount <= 0)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
|
|
|
+ if (relplt_name == NULL)
|
|
|
+ relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
|
|
|
+ relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
|
|
|
+ if (relplt == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
|
|
|
+ || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
|
|
+ if (plt == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
|
|
+ if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+ size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
|
|
|
+ p = relplt->relocation;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
|
|
|
+ if (p->addend != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+#ifdef BFD64
|
|
|
+ size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
|
|
|
+#else
|
|
|
+ size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
|
|
|
+ if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return -1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ names = (char *) (s + count);
|
|
|
+ p = relplt->relocation;
|
|
|
+ n = 0;
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ size_t len;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma addr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
|
|
|
+ if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
+ /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
|
|
|
+ we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
|
|
|
+ if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
|
|
|
+ s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
|
|
+ s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
|
|
|
+ s->section = plt;
|
|
|
+ s->value = addr - plt->vma;
|
|
|
+ s->name = names;
|
|
|
+ s->udata.p = NULL;
|
|
|
+ len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
|
|
|
+ memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
|
|
|
+ names += len;
|
|
|
+ if (p->addend != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ char buf[30], *a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
|
|
|
+ names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
|
|
|
+ bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
|
|
|
+ for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
|
|
|
+ ;
|
|
|
+ len = strlen (a);
|
|
|
+ memcpy (names, a, len);
|
|
|
+ names += len;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
|
|
|
+ names += sizeof ("@plt");
|
|
|
+ ++s, ++n;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return n;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
|
|
|
+ ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
|
|
|
+ but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
|
|
|
+static const asymbol lcomm_sym
|
|
|
+ = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section);
|
|
|
+asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
|
|
|
+ = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, &lcomm_sym,
|
|
|
+ "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
|
|
|
+ SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
|
|
|
+ or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi != 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE)
|
|
|
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
|
|
|
+ else if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_GNU
|
|
|
+ && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
|
|
|
+ "and FreeBSD targets"));
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
|
|
|
+ "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_unique)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
|
|
|
+ "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
|
|
|
+ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_retain)
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
|
|
|
+ "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
|
|
|
+ This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
|
|
|
+ most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ return (type == STT_FUNC
|
|
|
+ || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
|
|
|
+ function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
|
|
|
+ otherwise return zero. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bfd_size_type
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma *code_off)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ bfd_size_type size;
|
|
|
+ elf_symbol_type * elf_sym = (elf_symbol_type *) sym;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
|
|
|
+ | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
|
|
|
+ || sym->section != sec)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ size = (sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC) ? 0 : elf_sym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
|
|
|
+ _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
|
|
|
+ symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
|
|
|
+ we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
|
|
|
+ This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
|
|
|
+ and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
|
|
|
+ if (size == 0
|
|
|
+ && ((sym->flags & (BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_LOCAL)) == BSF_LOCAL)
|
|
|
+ && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_NOTYPE
|
|
|
+ && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym->internal_elf_sym.st_other) == STV_HIDDEN)
|
|
|
+ return 0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ *code_off = sym->value;
|
|
|
+ /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
|
|
|
+ return size ? size : 1;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
|
|
|
+#define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
|
|
|
+ used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
|
|
|
+#define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd * abfd,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
|
|
|
+ const char * name,
|
|
|
+ unsigned int shindex)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ hdr->sh_type = SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC;
|
|
|
+ return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd * abfd,
|
|
|
+ asection * sec,
|
|
|
+ asymbol ** symbols,
|
|
|
+ bool dynamic)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ asection * relsec;
|
|
|
+ bool result = true;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma (*r_sym) (bfd_vma);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) != 32)
|
|
|
+ r_sym = elf64_r_sym;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ r_sym = elf32_r_sym;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (!elf_section_data (sec)->has_secondary_relocs)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
|
|
|
+ associated with SEC. */
|
|
|
+ for (relsec = abfd->sections; relsec != NULL; relsec = relsec->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr * hdr = & elf_section_data (relsec)->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
|
|
|
+ && hdr->sh_info == (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx
|
|
|
+ && (hdr->sh_entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rel
|
|
|
+ || hdr->sh_entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte * native_relocs;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte * native_reloc;
|
|
|
+ arelent * internal_relocs;
|
|
|
+ arelent * internal_reloc;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int i;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int entsize;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int symcount;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int reloc_count;
|
|
|
+ size_t amt;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ebd->elf_info_to_howto == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
|
|
|
+ sec->name, relsec->name);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ native_relocs = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
+ if (native_relocs == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ reloc_count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
|
|
|
+ if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count, sizeof (arelent), & amt))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ free (native_relocs);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ internal_relocs = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
|
|
+ if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ free (native_relocs);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
|
|
+ || (bfd_bread (native_relocs, hdr->sh_size, abfd)
|
|
|
+ != hdr->sh_size))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ free (native_relocs);
|
|
|
+ /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
|
|
|
+ the memory for the bfd is released. */
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (dynamic)
|
|
|
+ symcount = bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (i = 0, internal_reloc = internal_relocs,
|
|
|
+ native_reloc = native_relocs;
|
|
|
+ i < reloc_count;
|
|
|
+ i++, internal_reloc++, native_reloc += entsize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ bool res;
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rel)
|
|
|
+ ebd->s->swap_reloc_in (abfd, native_reloc, & rela);
|
|
|
+ else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
|
|
|
+ ebd->s->swap_reloca_in (abfd, native_reloc, & rela);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
|
|
|
+ file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
|
|
|
+ The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
|
|
|
+ and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0)
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->address = rela.r_offset;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->address = rela.r_offset - sec->vma;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (r_sym (rela.r_info) == STN_UNDEF)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
|
|
|
+ have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr =
|
|
|
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (r_sym (rela.r_info) > symcount)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, sec, i, (long) r_sym (rela.r_info));
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr =
|
|
|
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol **ps;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ps = symbols + r_sym (rela.r_info) - 1;
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = ps;
|
|
|
+ /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
|
|
|
+ (*ps)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ internal_reloc->addend = rela.r_addend;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ res = ebd->elf_info_to_howto (abfd, internal_reloc, & rela);
|
|
|
+ if (! res || internal_reloc->howto == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
|
|
|
+ rela.r_info);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ free (native_relocs);
|
|
|
+ /* Store the internal relocs. */
|
|
|
+ elf_section_data (relsec)->sec_info = internal_relocs;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return result;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd * ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ bfd * obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
|
|
+ const Elf_Internal_Shdr * isection,
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr * osection)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ asection * isec;
|
|
|
+ asection * osec;
|
|
|
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data * esd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (isection == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (isection->sh_type != SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC)
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ isec = isection->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+ if (isec == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ osec = osection->bfd_section;
|
|
|
+ if (osec == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ esd = elf_section_data (osec);
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (esd->sec_info == NULL);
|
|
|
+ esd->sec_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
|
|
|
+ osection->sh_type = SHT_RELA;
|
|
|
+ osection->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (obfd);
|
|
|
+ if (osection->sh_link == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
|
|
|
+ obfd, osec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
|
|
|
+ if (isection->sh_info == 0
|
|
|
+ || isection->sh_info >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
|
|
|
+ obfd, osec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ isection = elf_elfsections (ibfd)[isection->sh_info];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (isection == NULL
|
|
|
+ || isection->bfd_section == NULL
|
|
|
+ || isection->bfd_section->output_section == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
|
|
|
+ obfd, osec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ esd = elf_section_data (isection->bfd_section->output_section);
|
|
|
+ BFD_ASSERT (esd != NULL);
|
|
|
+ osection->sh_info = esd->this_idx;
|
|
|
+ esd->has_secondary_relocs = true;
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
|
|
|
+ osec->name, osection->sh_link, osection->sh_info);
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
|
|
|
+ bfd_section_name (isection->bfd_section->output_section));
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return true;
|
|
|
+}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+/* Write out a secondary reloc section.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
|
|
|
+ for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
|
|
|
+ fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
|
|
|
+ relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+bool
|
|
|
+_bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
|
|
+{
|
|
|
+ const struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma addr_offset;
|
|
|
+ asection * relsec;
|
|
|
+ bfd_vma (*r_info) (bfd_vma, bfd_vma);
|
|
|
+ bool result = true;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sec == NULL)
|
|
|
+ return false;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
|
|
|
+ if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) != 32)
|
|
|
+ r_info = elf64_r_info;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ r_info = elf32_r_info;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
|
|
|
+ file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
|
|
|
+ The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
|
|
|
+ addr_offset = 0;
|
|
|
+ if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0)
|
|
|
+ addr_offset = sec->vma;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
|
|
|
+ associated with SEC. */
|
|
|
+ for (relsec = abfd->sections; relsec != NULL; relsec = relsec->next)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ const struct bfd_elf_section_data * const esd = elf_section_data (relsec);
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr * const hdr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) & esd->this_hdr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
|
|
|
+ && hdr->sh_info == (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ asymbol * last_sym;
|
|
|
+ int last_sym_idx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int reloc_count;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int idx;
|
|
|
+ unsigned int entsize;
|
|
|
+ arelent * src_irel;
|
|
|
+ bfd_byte * dst_rela;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->contents != NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
|
|
|
+ if (entsize == 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else if (entsize != ebd->s->sizeof_rel
|
|
|
+ && entsize != ebd->s->sizeof_rela)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / entsize;
|
|
|
+ if (reloc_count <= 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ hdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, hdr->sh_size);
|
|
|
+ if (hdr->contents == NULL)
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+#if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
|
|
|
+ fprintf (stderr, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
|
|
|
+ reloc_count, sec->name, relsec->name);
|
|
|
+#endif
|
|
|
+ last_sym = NULL;
|
|
|
+ last_sym_idx = 0;
|
|
|
+ dst_rela = hdr->contents;
|
|
|
+ src_irel = (arelent *) esd->sec_info;
|
|
|
+ if (src_irel == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ continue;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ for (idx = 0; idx < reloc_count; idx++, dst_rela += entsize)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela;
|
|
|
+ arelent *ptr;
|
|
|
+ asymbol *sym;
|
|
|
+ int n;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ ptr = src_irel + idx;
|
|
|
+ if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec, idx);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ break;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (ptr->sym_ptr_ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
|
|
|
+ n = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sym == last_sym)
|
|
|
+ n = last_sym_idx;
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, & sym);
|
|
|
+ if (n < 0)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec, idx);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ n = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ last_sym = sym;
|
|
|
+ last_sym_idx = n;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (sym->the_bfd != NULL
|
|
|
+ && sym->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec
|
|
|
+ && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, ptr))
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec, idx);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ n = 0;
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ src_rela.r_offset = ptr->address + addr_offset;
|
|
|
+ if (ptr->howto == NULL)
|
|
|
+ {
|
|
|
+ _bfd_error_handler
|
|
|
+ /* xgettext:c-format */
|
|
|
+ (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
|
|
|
+ abfd, relsec, idx);
|
|
|
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
|
|
+ result = false;
|
|
|
+ src_rela.r_info = r_info (0, 0);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ src_rela.r_info = r_info (n, ptr->howto->type);
|
|
|
+ src_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ if (entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rel)
|
|
|
+ ebd->s->swap_reloc_out (abfd, &src_rela, dst_rela);
|
|
|
+ else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
|
|
|
+ ebd->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, &src_rela, dst_rela);
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ return result;
|
|
|
+}
|